https://wiki.lpi.org/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&feedformat=atom&user=Tolstoy
LPI Wiki - User contributions [en]
2026-04-12T10:20:36Z
User contributions
MediaWiki 1.45.1
https://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-1(Persian)&diff=2866
LPIC-1(Persian)
2014-04-19T12:44:10Z
<p>Tolstoy: /* Topic 101: System Architecture */</p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
<div dir="rtl" class="mw-content-rtl"><br />
<br />
==معرفی==<br />
<br />
این آزمون برای دریافت LPIC-1 یا LPI certification Level 1 الزامی است. سرفصلها مهارتهای پایه برای یک لینوکس کار حرفهای را در توزیعهای مطرح معمول هستند را پوشش می دهد.<br />
<br />
این صفحه شامل سرفصلهای انتشار یافته برای آزمون LPIC-1 می باشد.-1 certification. <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==ویرایشها==<br />
<br />
این سرفصلها مربوط به به نسخه ۳.۵.۰ هستند<br />
<br />
علاوه بر آن می توانید [[LPIC1AndLPIC2SummaryVersion2To3|خلاصه و جزییات]] تغیر از نسخه 2.X به نسخه 3.5 را مطالعه کنید.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==آزمونها==<br />
<br />
به منظور دریافت مدرک [[LPIC-1]], داوطلبین باید آزمونهای [[LPIC-1_101_v3_5|101]] و [[LPIC-1_102_v3_5|102]] را با موفقیت پشت سر بگذارند.<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-1_101_v3_5|101]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1_102_v3_5|102]]<br />
<br />
==ضمایم==<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه شفاف سازی (Oct 1st, 2012)''===<br />
<br />
* repost of previous clarification.<br />
* added TZ env variable to 107.3 partial file list.<br />
* added .bash_history to 103.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه بروزرسانی نسخه (Jul 2st, 2012)''===<br />
<br />
* updated to version 3.5.0.<br />
* added explicit coverage at the basic configuration level of GRUB 2 to 102.2 key terms list.<br />
* added explicit coverage of the ext4 filesystem to 104.1 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of systemd and Upstart in 101.3 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of IPv6 in 109.1 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of LVM in 102.1 key terms list.<br />
* removed coverage of LILO from 102.2.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه شفاف سازی (Oct 1st, 2011)''===<br />
<br />
* added explicit mention of GPG key revocation to 110.3 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه شفاف سازی (Apr 1st, 2009)''===<br />
<br />
* dropped X Font Server coverage to awareness level from 106.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه شفاف سازی (Jan 1st, 2009)''===<br />
<br />
* added TZ env variable to 107.3 partial file list.<br />
* added .bash_history to 103.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==ترجمه سرفصلها==<br />
<br />
The following translations of the objectives are available on this wiki:<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(Catalan)|Catalan]] (currently 101 only).<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives|English]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(FR)|French]].<br />
* [http://www.lpice.eu/de/lpi-zertifizierungsinhalte.html German].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(Greek)|Greek]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(PT-PT)|Portuguese(Portugal)]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(RU)|Russian]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(ES)|Spanish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(SW)|Swahili]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(SV)|Swedish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(TR)|Turkish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1(Persian)|Persian]].<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==سرفصلهای آزمون ۱۰۱==<br />
<br />
===''سرفصل ۱۰۱: معماری سیستم''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.1 Determine and configure hardware settings</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
داوطلبین باید توانایی تعیین و پیکربندی مقدماتی سخت افزار را داشته باشند.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
<br />
* فعال و غیر فعال کردن تجهیزات.<br />
* پیکربندی سیستم با یا بدون دستگاههای جانبی مانند صفحه کلید.<br />
* تفاوت میان انواع تجهیزات ذخیره سازی.<br />
* تنظیم مخصه (ID) درست برای انواع سخت افزار، به خصوص تجهیز بوت شونده.<br />
* اطلاع از تفاوت میان تجهیزات coldplug و hotplug.<br />
* تعیین منابع سخت افزاری برای تجهیزات.<br />
* ابزارهایی که اطلاعات سخت افزارها را فهرست می کنند (مانند lsusb, lspci, ...).<br />
* ابزارهای دستکاری تجهیزات USB.<br />
* درک مفهوم sysfs, udev, hald, dbus.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sys<br />
* /proc<br />
* /dev<br />
* modprobe<br />
* lsmod<br />
* lspci<br />
* lsusb <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.2 Boot the system</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to guide the system through the booting process.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Provide common commands to the boot loader and options to the kernel at boot time.<br />
* Demonstrate knowledge of the boot sequence from BIOS to boot completion.<br />
* Check boot events in the log files. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /var/log/messages<br />
* dmesg<br />
* BIOS<br />
* bootloader<br />
* kernel<br />
* init <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.3 Change runlevels and shutdown or reboot system </span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage the runlevel of the system. This objective includes changing to single user mode, shutdown or rebooting the system. Candidates should be able to alert users before switching run level and properly terminate processes. This objective also includes setting the default run level. It also includes basic feature knowledge of potential replacements to init.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Set the default run level.<br />
* Change between run levels including single user mode.<br />
* Shutdown and reboot from the command line.<br />
* Alert users before switching run levels or other major system event.<br />
* Properly terminate processes. <br />
* Knowledge of basic features of systemd and Upstart.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* shutdown<br />
* init<br />
* /etc/init.d<br />
* telinit <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 102: Linux Installation and Package Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.1 Design hard disk layout</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to design a disk partitioning scheme for a Linux system.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Allocate filesystems and swap space to separate partitions or disks.<br />
* Tailor the design to the intended use of the system.<br />
* Ensure the /boot partition conforms to the hardware architecture requirements for booting. <br />
* Knowledge of basic features of LVM.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* / (root) filesystem.<br />
* /var filesystem.<br />
* /home filesystem.<br />
* swap space.<br />
* mount points.<br />
* partitions.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.2 Install a boot manager</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to select, install and configure a boot manager.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Providing alternative boot locations and backup boot options.<br />
* Install and configure a boot loader such as GRUB Legacy.<br />
* Perform basic configuration changes for GRUB 2.<br />
* Interact with the boot loader. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /boot/grub/menu.lst, grub.cfg and other variations.<br />
* grub-install.<br />
* MBR.<br />
* superblock.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.3 Manage shared libraries</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to determine the shared libraries that executable programs depend on and install them when necessary.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Identify shared libraries.<br />
* Identify the typical locations of system libraries.<br />
* Load shared libraries. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ldd<br />
* ldconfig<br />
* /etc/ld.so.conf<br />
* LD_LIBRARY_PATH <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.4 Use Debian package management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform package management using the Debian package tools.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Install, upgrade and uninstall Debian binary packages.<br />
* Find packages containing specific files or libraries which may or may not be installed.<br />
* Obtain package information like version, content, dependencies, package integrity and installation status (whether or not the package is installed).<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/apt/sources.list<br />
* dpkg<br />
* dpkg-reconfigure<br />
* apt-get<br />
* apt-cache<br />
* aptitude <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.5 Use RPM and YUM package management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform package management using RPM and YUM tools.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Install, re-install, upgrade and remove packages using RPM and YUM.<br />
<br />
* Obtain information on RPM packages such as version, status, dependencies, integrity and signatures.<br />
* Determine what files a package provides, as well as find which package a specific file comes from. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* rpm<br />
* rpm2cpio<br />
* /etc/yum.conf<br />
* /etc/yum.repos.d/<br />
* yum<br />
* yumdownloader <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 103: GNU and Unix Commands''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.1 Work on the command line</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to interact with shells and commands using the command line. The objective assumes the bash shell.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use single shell commands and one line command sequences to perform basic tasks on the command line.<br />
* Use and modify the shell environment including defining, referencing and exporting environment variables.<br />
* Use and edit command history.<br />
* Invoke commands inside and outside the defined path. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* .<br />
* bash<br />
* echo<br />
* env<br />
* exec<br />
* export<br />
* pwd<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* man<br />
* uname<br />
* history <br />
* .bash_history<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.2 Process text streams using filters</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should should be able to apply filters to text streams. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Send text files and output streams through text utility filters to modify the output using standard UNIX commands found in the GNU textutils package. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* cat<br />
* cut<br />
* expand<br />
* fmt<br />
* head<br />
* od<br />
* join<br />
* nl<br />
* paste<br />
* pr<br />
* sed<br />
* sort<br />
* split<br />
* tail<br />
* tr<br />
* unexpand<br />
* uniq<br />
* wc <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.3 Perform basic file management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to use the basic Linux commands to manage files and directories.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Copy, move and remove files and directories individually.<br />
* Copy multiple files and directories recursively.<br />
* Remove files and directories recursively.<br />
* Use simple and advanced wildcard specifications in commands.<br />
* Using find to locate and act on files based on type, size, or time.<br />
* Usage of tar, cpio and dd. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* cp<br />
* find<br />
* mkdir<br />
* mv<br />
* ls<br />
* rm<br />
* rmdir<br />
* touch<br />
* tar<br />
* cpio<br />
* dd<br />
* file<br />
* gzip<br />
* gunzip<br />
* bzip2<br />
* file globbing <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.4 Use streams, pipes and redirects</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to redirect streams and connect them in order to efficiently process textual data. Tasks include redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error, piping the output of one command to the input of another command, using the output of one command as arguments to another command and sending output to both stdout and a file.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error.<br />
* Pipe the output of one command to the input of another command.<br />
* Use the output of one command as arguments to another command.<br />
* Send output to both stdout and a file. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* tee<br />
* xargs <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.5 Create, monitor and kill processes</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform basic process management. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Run jobs in the foreground and background.<br />
* Signal a program to continue running after logout.<br />
* Monitor active processes.<br />
* Select and sort processes for display.<br />
* Send signals to processes. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* &<br />
* bg<br />
* fg<br />
* jobs<br />
* kill<br />
* nohup<br />
* ps<br />
* top<br />
* free<br />
* uptime<br />
* killall <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.6 Modify process execution priorities</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should should be able to manage process execution priorities. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Know the default priority of a job that is created.<br />
* Run a program with higher or lower priority than the default.<br />
* Change the priority of a running process. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* nice<br />
* ps<br />
* renice<br />
* top <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.7 Search text files using regular expressions</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manipulate files and text data using regular expressions. This objective includes creating simple regular expressions containing several notational elements. It also includes using regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Create simple regular expressions containing several notational elements.<br />
* Use regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* grep<br />
* egrep<br />
* fgrep<br />
* sed<br />
* regex(7) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.8 Perform basic file editing operations using vi</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to edit text files using vi. This objective includes vi navigation, basic vi modes, inserting, editing, deleting, copying and finding text.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Navigate a document using vi.<br />
* Use basic vi modes.<br />
* Insert, edit, delete, copy and find text.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* vi<br />
* /, ?<br />
* h,j,k,l<br />
* i, o, a<br />
* c, d, p, y, dd, yy<br />
* ZZ, :w!, :q!, :e! <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 104: Devices, Linux Filesystems, Filesystem Hierarchy Standard''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.1 Create partitions and filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure disk partitions and then create filesystems on media such as hard disks. This includes the handling of swap partitions.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use various mkfs commands to set up partitions and create various filesystems such as:<br />
** ext2/ext3/ext4<br />
** xfs<br />
** reiserfs v3<br />
** vfat <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* fdisk<br />
* mkfs<br />
* mkswap <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.2 Maintain the integrity of filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to maintain a standard filesystem, as well as the extra data associated with a journaling filesystem.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Verify the integrity of filesystems.<br />
* Monitor free space and inodes.<br />
* Repair simple filesystem problems. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* du<br />
* df<br />
* fsck<br />
* e2fsck<br />
* mke2fs<br />
* debugfs<br />
* dumpe2fs<br />
* tune2fs<br />
* xfs tools (such as xfs_metadump and xfs_info) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.3 Control mounting and unmounting of filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure the mounting of a filesystem.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually mount and unmount filesystems.<br />
* Configure filesystem mounting on bootup.<br />
* Configure user mountable removable filesystems. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* /media<br />
* mount<br />
* umount <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.4 Manage disk quotas</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage disk quotas for users. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Set up a disk quota for a filesystem.<br />
* Edit, check and generate user quota reports. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* quota<br />
* edquota<br />
* repquota<br />
* quotaon <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.5 Manage file permissions and ownership</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to control file access through the proper use of permissions and ownerships. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage access permissions on regular and special files as well as directories.<br />
* Use access modes such as suid, sgid and the sticky bit to maintain security.<br />
* Know how to change the file creation mask.<br />
* Use the group field to grant file access to group members. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* chmod<br />
* umask<br />
* chown<br />
* chgrp <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.6 Create and change hard and symbolic links</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to create and manage hard and symbolic links to a file. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Create links.<br />
* Identify hard and/or soft links.<br />
* Copying versus linking files.<br />
* Use links to support system administration tasks.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ln<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.7 Find system files and place files in the correct location</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be thoroughly familiar with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS), including typical file locations and directory classifications.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Understand the correct locations of files under the FHS.<br />
* Find files and commands on a Linux system.<br />
* Know the location and purpose of important file and directories as defined in the FHS. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* locate<br />
* updatedb<br />
* whereis<br />
* which<br />
* type<br />
* /etc/updatedb.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 102==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 105: Shells, Scripting and Data Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.1 Customize and use the shell environment</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to customize shell environments to meet users' needs. Candidates should be able to modify global and user profiles.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Set environment variables (e.g. PATH) at login or when spawning a new shell.<br />
* Write BASH functions for frequently used sequences of commands.<br />
* Maintain skeleton directories for new user accounts.<br />
* Set command search path with the proper directory. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/profile<br />
* env<br />
* export<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* ~/.bash_profile<br />
* ~/.bash_login<br />
* ~/.profile<br />
* ~/.bashrc<br />
* ~/.bash_logout<br />
* function<br />
* alias<br />
* lists <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.2 Customize or write simple scripts</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to customize existing scripts, or write simple new BASH scripts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use standard sh syntax (loops, tests).<br />
* Use command substitution.<br />
* Test return values for success or failure or other information provided by a command.<br />
* Perform conditional mailing to the superuser.<br />
* Correctly select the script interpreter through the shebang (#!) line.<br />
* Manage the location, ownership, execution and suid-rights of scripts. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* for<br />
* while<br />
* test<br />
* if<br />
* read<br />
* seq <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.3 SQL data management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to query databases and manipulate data using basic SQL commands. This objective includes performing queries involving joining of 2 tables and/or subselects.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use of basic SQL commands.<br />
* Perform basic data manipulation. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* insert<br />
* update<br />
* select<br />
* delete<br />
* from<br />
* where<br />
* group by<br />
* order by<br />
* join <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 106: User Interfaces and Desktops''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.1 Install and configure X11</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to install and configure X11. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Verify that the video card and monitor are supported by an X server.<br />
* Awareness of the X font server.<br />
* Basic understanding and knowledge of the X Window configuration file. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/X11/xorg.conf<br />
* xhost<br />
* DISPLAY<br />
* xwininfo<br />
* xdpyinfo<br />
* X <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.2 Setup a display manager</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to setup and customize a display manager. This objective covers the display managers XDM (X Display Manger), GDM (Gnome Display Manager) and KDM (KDE Display Manager).<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Turn the display manager on or off.<br />
* Change the display manager greeting.<br />
* Change default color depth for the display manager.<br />
* Configure display managers for use by X-stations. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* xdm configuration files<br />
* kdm configuration files<br />
* gdm configuration files <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.3 Accessibility</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Demonstrate knowledge and awareness of accessibility technologies. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Keyboard Accessibility Settings (AccessX).<br />
* Visual Settings and Themes.<br />
* Assistive Technology (ATs).<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* Sticky/Repeat Keys.<br />
* Slow/Bounce/Toggle Keys.<br />
* Mouse Keys.<br />
* High Contrast/Large Print Desktop Themes.<br />
* Screen Reader.<br />
* Braille Display.<br />
* Screen Magnifier.<br />
* On-Screen Keyboard.<br />
* Gestures (used at login, for example gdm).<br />
* Orca.<br />
* GOK.<br />
* emacspeak.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 107: Administrative Tasks''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.1 Manage user and group accounts and related system files</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to add, remove, suspend and change user accounts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Add, modify and remove users and groups.<br />
* Manage user/group info in password/group databases.<br />
* Create and manage special purpose and limited accounts. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/group<br />
* /etc/skel<br />
* chage<br />
* groupadd<br />
* groupdel<br />
* groupmod<br />
* passwd<br />
* useradd<br />
* userdel<br />
* usermod <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.2 Automate system administration tasks by scheduling jobs</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to use cron or anacron to run jobs at regular intervals and to use at to run jobs at a specific time. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage cron and at jobs.<br />
* Configure user access to cron and at services. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/cron.{d,daily,hourly,monthly,weekly}<br />
* /etc/at.deny<br />
* /etc/at.allow<br />
* /etc/crontab<br />
* /etc/cron.allow<br />
* /etc/cron.deny<br />
* /var/spool/cron/*<br />
* crontab<br />
* at<br />
* atq<br />
* atrm <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.3 Localisation and internationalisation</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to localize a system in a different language than English. As well, an understanding of why LANG=C is useful when scripting.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Locale settings.<br />
* Timezone settings.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* Environment variables:<br />
** LC_*<br />
** LC_ALL<br />
** LANG<br />
** TZ<br />
* /usr/bin/locale<br />
* tzselect<br />
* tzconfig<br />
* date<br />
* iconv<br />
* UTF-8<br />
* ISO-8859<br />
* ASCII<br />
* Unicode <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 108: Essential System Services''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.1 Maintain system time</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to properly maintain the system time and synchronize the clock via NTP.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Set the system date and time.<br />
* Set the hardware clock to the correct time in UTC.<br />
* Configure the correct timezone.<br />
* Basic NTP configuration.<br />
* Knowledge of using the pool.ntp.org service.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /etc/ntp.conf<br />
* date<br />
* hwclock<br />
* ntpd<br />
* ntpdate<br />
* pool.ntp.org <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.2 System logging</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure the syslog daemon. This objective also includes configuring the logging daemon to send log output to a central log server or accept log output as a central log server.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* syslog configuration files.<br />
* syslog.<br />
* standard facilities, priorities and actions.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* syslog.conf<br />
* syslogd<br />
* klogd<br />
* logger <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.3 Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) basics</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be aware of the commonly available MTA programs and be able to perform basic forward and alias configuration on a client host. Other configuration files are not covered.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Create e-mail aliases.<br />
* Configure e-mail forwarding.<br />
* Knowledge of commonly available MTA programs (postfix, sendmail, qmail, exim) (no configuration) <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ~/.forward<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
* newaliases<br />
* mail<br />
* mailq<br />
* postfix<br />
* sendmail<br />
* exim<br />
* qmail <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.4 Manage printers and printing</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage print queues and user print jobs using CUPS and the LPD compatibility interface. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Basic CUPS configuration (for local and remote printers).<br />
* Manage user print queues.<br />
* Troubleshoot general printing problems.<br />
* Add and remove jobs from configured printer queues. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* CUPS configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* /etc/cups<br />
* lpd legacy interface (lpr, lprm, lpq) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 109: Networking Fundamentals''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.1 Fundamentals of internet protocols</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should demonstrate a proper understanding of TCP/IP network fundamentals. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Demonstrate an understanding network masks.<br />
* Knowledge of the differences between private and public "dotted quad" IP-Addresses.<br />
* Setting a default route.<br />
* Knowledge about common TCP and UDP ports (20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 53, 80, 110, 119, 139, 143, 161, 443, 465, 993, 995).<br />
* Knowledge about the differences and major features of UDP, TCP and ICMP.<br />
* Knowledge of the major differences between IPv4 and IPv6. <br />
* Knowledge of the basic features of IPv6.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/services<br />
* ftp<br />
* telnet<br />
* host<br />
* ping<br />
* dig<br />
* traceroute<br />
* tracepath <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.2 Basic network configuration</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to view, change and verify configuration settings on client hosts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces.<br />
* Basic TCP/IP host configuration.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hostname<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* ping <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.3 Basic network troubleshooting</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to troubleshoot networking issues on client hosts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces and routing tables to include adding, starting, stopping, restarting, deleting or reconfiguring network interfaces.<br />
* Change, view, or configure the routing table and correct an improperly set default route manually.<br />
* Debug problems associated with the network configuration. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* host<br />
* hostname<br />
* dig<br />
* netstat<br />
* ping<br />
* traceroute <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.4 Configure client side DNS</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure DNS on a client host. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Demonstrate the use of DNS on the local system.<br />
* Modify the order in which name resolution is done. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 110: Security''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.1 Perform security administration tasks</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should know how to review system configuration to ensure host security in accordance with local security policies. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Audit a system to find files with the suid/sgid bit set.<br />
* Set or change user passwords and password aging information.<br />
* Being able to use nmap and netstat to discover open ports on a system.<br />
* Set up limits on user logins, processes and memory usage.<br />
* Basic sudo configuration and usage. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* passwd<br />
* lsof<br />
* nmap<br />
* chage<br />
* netstat<br />
* sudo<br />
* /etc/sudoers<br />
* su<br />
* usermod<br />
* ulimit <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.2 Setup host security</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" |<br />
<br />
Candidates should know how to set up a basic level of host security. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Awareness of shadow passwords and how they work.<br />
* Turn off network services not in use.<br />
* Understand the role of TCP wrappers. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/nologin<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/xinetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/xinetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/inetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/init.d/*<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow<br />
* /etc/hosts.deny <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.3 Securing data with encryption</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
The candidate should be able to use public key techniques to secure data and communication.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Perform basic OpenSSH 2 client configuration and usage.<br />
* Understand the role of OpenSSH 2 server host keys.<br />
* Perform basic GnuPG configuration, usage and revocation.<br />
* Understand SSH port tunnels (including X11 tunnels).<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ssh<br />
* ssh-keygen<br />
* ssh-agent<br />
* ssh-add<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_rsa and id_rsa.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_dsa and id_dsa.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key and ssh_host_rsa_key.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key and ssh_host_dsa_key.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/authorized_keys<br />
* /etc/ssh_known_hosts<br />
* gpg<br />
* ~/.gnupg/*<br />
<br />
<br />
==Future Change Considerations==<br />
<br />
Future changes to the objective will/may include:<br />
<br />
* update syslog to include (or be replaced by) rsyslog and/or syslog-ng<br />
* add knowledge of GNU Screen (seems more usefull than nohup). Tmux is another option<br />
* include monitoring commands: who, w, last, lastb, lastlog<br />
* update 107.2 to include anacron<br />
* include another monitoring command : watch<br />
* LightDM as alternative to xdm (and others)<br />
* logrotate et al<br />
<br />
<br />
</div></div>
Tolstoy
https://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-2(Persian)&diff=2825
LPIC-2(Persian)
2014-02-11T14:01:12Z
<p>Tolstoy: Start to translate in persian</p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
<div dir="rtl" class="mw-content-rtl"><br />
<br />
==Overview of Tasks==<br />
<br />
These are required exams for LPI certification Level 2. It covers advanced skills for the Linux professional that are common across all distributions of Linux. Also, [[LPIC-1_Objectives|LPIC-1]] must be obtained in order to receive the certification. Exams may be taken in any order but all<br />
of the requirements must be met.<br />
<br />
To pass LPIC-2, the candidate should be able to:<br />
<br />
* Administer a small to medium-sized site.<br />
* Plan, implement, maintain, keep consistent, secure, and troubleshoot a small mixed (MS, Linux) network, including a:<br />
** LAN server (Samba, NFS, DNS, DHCP, client management).<br />
** Internet Gateway (firewall, VPN, SSH, web cache/proxy, mail).<br />
** Internet Server (web server and reverse proxy, FTP server).<br />
* Supervise assistants.<br />
* Advise management on automation and purchases.<br />
<br />
<br /><br /><br />
<br />
==Version Information==<br />
<br />
These objectives are version 4.0.0. This version is to go live on Nov 1, 2013.<br />
<br />
This is also a [[LPIC2AndLPIC3SummaryVersion3To4|summary and detailed information]] on the changes from version 3.5.x to 4.0.0 of the objectives.<br />
<br />
The [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V3|version 3.x of the LPIC-2 Objectives]] are still online.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
<br />
==Exams==<br />
<br />
In order to be certified [[LPIC-2]], the candidate must pass both the [[LPIC-2_101_v4_|201]] and [[LPIC-2_202_v4_0|202]] exams and be a holder of an active [[LPIC-1]] certification.<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_201_v4_0|201]]<br />
* [[LPIC-2_202_v4_0|202]]<br />
<br />
<br />
==Addenda==<br />
<br />
===''Clarification Addendum (Nov 1st, 2013)''===<br />
<br />
* changed htgroup to AuthGroupFile and AuthUserFile<br />
<br />
<br />
===''Version Update (Nov 1st, 2013)''===<br />
<br />
* updated to version 4.0.0<br />
<br />
<br /><br /><br />
<br />
==Translations of Objectives==<br />
<br />
The following translations of the objectives are available on this wiki:<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V4|English]]<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V4(ES)|Spanish]]<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V4(FR)|French]]<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V4(DE)|German]]<br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 201==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 200: Capacity Planning''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">200.1 Measure and Troubleshoot Resource Usage (وزن: 6)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 6<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to measure hardware resource and network bandwidth, identify and troubleshoot resource problems.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Measure CPU usage.<br />
<br />
* Measure memory usage.<br />
<br />
* Measure disk I/O.<br />
<br />
* Measure network I/O.<br />
<br />
* Measure firewalling and routing throughput.<br />
<br />
* Map client bandwidth usage.<br />
<br />
* Match / correlate system symptoms with likely problems.<br />
<br />
* Estimate throughput and identify bottlenecks in a system including networking.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* iostat<br />
<br />
* vmstat<br />
<br />
* netstat<br />
<br />
* pstree, ps<br />
<br />
* w<br />
<br />
* lsof<br />
<br />
* top<br />
<br />
* uptime<br />
<br />
* sar <br />
<br />
* swap<br />
<br />
* processes blocked on I/O<br />
<br />
* blocks in<br />
<br />
* blocks out <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">200.2 Predict Future Resource Needs (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to monitor resource usage to predict future resource needs.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use collectd to monitor IT infrastructure usage.<br />
<br />
* Predict capacity break point of a configuration.<br />
<br />
* Observe growth rate of capacity usage.<br />
<br />
* Graph the trend of capacity usage.<br />
<br />
* Awareness of monitoring solutions such as Nagios, MRTG and Cacti<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* diagnose<br />
<br />
* predict growth<br />
<br />
* resource exhaustion<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 201: Linux Kernel''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.1 Kernel components (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to utilise kernel components that are necessary to specific hardware, hardware drivers, system resources and requirements. This objective includes implementing different types of kernel images, understanding stable and longterm kernels and patches, as well as using kernel modules.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Kernel 2.6.x documentation<br />
<br />
* Kernel 3.x documentation<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/linux<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/linux/Documentation<br />
<br />
* zImage<br />
<br />
* bzImage <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.2 Compiling a Linux kernel (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly configure a kernel to include or disable specific features of the Linux kernel as necessary. This objective includes compiling and recompiling the Linux kernel as needed, updating and noting changes in a new kernel, creating an initrd image and installing new kernels.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/linux/<br />
<br />
* Kernel Makefiles<br />
<br />
* Kernel 2.6.x/3.x make targets <br />
<br />
* Customize the current kernel configuration.<br />
<br />
* Build a new kernel and appropriate kernel modules.<br />
<br />
* Install a new kernel and any modules.<br />
<br />
* Ensure that the boot manager can locate the new kernel and associated files.<br />
<br />
* Module configuration files <br />
<br />
* Awareness of dracut<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* mkinitrd<br />
<br />
* mkinitramfs<br />
<br />
* make<br />
<br />
* make targets (all, config, xconfig, menuconfig, gconfig, oldconfig, mrproper, zImage, bzImage, modules, modules_install, rpm-pkg, binrpm-pkg, deb-pkg) <br />
<br />
* gzip<br />
<br />
* bzip2 <br />
<br />
* module tools<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/linux/.config<br />
<br />
* /lib/modules/kernel-version/*<br />
<br />
* depmod<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.3 Kernel runtime management and troubleshooting (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage and/or query a 2.6.x or 3.x kernel and its loadable modules. Candidates should be able to identify and correct common boot and run time issues. Candidates should understand device detection and management using udev. This objective includes troubleshooting udev rules. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use command-line utilities to get information about the currently running kernel and kernel modules.<br />
<br />
* Manually load and unload kernel modules.<br />
<br />
* Determine when modules can be unloaded.<br />
<br />
* Determine what parameters a module accepts.<br />
<br />
* Configure the system to load modules by names other than their file name. <br />
<br />
* /proc filesystem<br />
<br />
* Content of /, /boot , and /lib/modules<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to analyse information about the available hardware<br />
<br />
* udev rules<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /lib/modules/kernel-version/modules.dep<br />
<br />
* module configuration files in /etc<br />
<br />
* /proc/sys/kernel/<br />
<br />
* /sbin/depmod<br />
<br />
* /sbin/rmmod<br />
<br />
* /sbin/modinfo<br />
<br />
* /bin/dmesg<br />
<br />
* /sbin/lspci<br />
<br />
* /usr/bin/lsdev<br />
<br />
* /sbin/lsmod<br />
<br />
* /sbin/modprobe<br />
<br />
* /sbin/insmod<br />
<br />
* /bin/uname<br />
<br />
* /usr/bin/lsusb <br />
<br />
* /etc/sysctl.conf, /etc/sysctl.d/<br />
<br />
* /sbin/sysctl <br />
<br />
* udevmonitor<br />
<br />
* udevadm monitor<br />
<br />
* /etc/udev <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 202: System Startup''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">202.1 Customising SysV-init system startup (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to query and modify the behaviour of system services at various run levels. A thorough understanding of the init structure and boot process is required. This objective includes interacting with run levels.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Linux Standard Base Specification (LSB) <br />
<br />
* SysV init environment<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
<br />
* /etc/init.d/<br />
<br />
* /etc/rc.d/<br />
<br />
* chkconfig<br />
<br />
* update-rc.d<br />
<br />
* init and telinit<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">202.2 System recovery (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly manipulate a Linux system during both the boot process and during recovery mode. This objective includes using both the init utility and init-related kernel options. Candidates should be able to determine the cause of errors in loading and usage of bootloaders. GRUB version 2 and GRUB Legacy are the bootloaders of interest.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* GRUB version 2 and Legacy<br />
<br />
* grub shell <br />
<br />
* boot loader start and hand off to kernel<br />
<br />
* kernel loading<br />
<br />
* hardware initialisation and setup<br />
<br />
* daemon/service initialisation and setup<br />
<br />
* Know the different boot loader install locations on a hard disk or removable device<br />
<br />
* Overwriting standard boot loader options and using boot loader shells <br />
<br />
* Awareness of UEFI<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* mount<br />
<br />
* fsck<br />
<br />
* inittab, telinit and init with SysV init<br />
<br />
* The contents of /boot/ and /boot/grub/<br />
<br />
* GRUB<br />
<br />
* grub-install<br />
<br />
* initrd, initramfs<br />
<br />
* Master boot record<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">202.3 Alternate Bootloaders (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be aware of other bootloaders and their major features.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* LILO<br />
<br />
* SYSLINUX, ISOLINUX, PXELINUX<br />
<br />
* Understanding of PXE<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* lilo, /etc/lilo.conf<br />
<br />
* syslinux<br />
<br />
* extlinux<br />
<br />
* isolinux.bin<br />
<br />
* isolinux.cfg<br />
<br />
* pxelinux.0<br />
<br />
* pxelinux.cfg/*<br />
<br />
<br/><br />
<br/><br />
<br />
===''Topic 203: Filesystem and Devices''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.1 Operating the Linux filesystem (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly configure and navigate the standard Linux filesystem. This objective includes configuring and mounting various filesystem types.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* The concept of the fstab configuration<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities for handling SWAP partitions and files<br />
<br />
* Use of UUIDs for identifying and mounting file systems<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
<br />
* /etc/mtab<br />
<br />
* /proc/mounts<br />
<br />
* mount and umount<br />
<br />
* blkid<br />
<br />
* sync<br />
<br />
* swapon<br />
<br />
* swapoff <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.2 Maintaining a Linux filesystem (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly maintain a Linux filesystem using system utilities. This objective includes manipulating standard filesystems and monitoring SMART devices.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate and ext2, ext3 and ext4<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate xfs <br />
<br />
* Awareness of Btrfs<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* fsck (fsck.*)<br />
<br />
* mkfs (mkfs.*)<br />
<br />
* dumpe2fs, xfsdump, xfsrestore<br />
<br />
* debugfs<br />
<br />
* tune2fs<br />
<br />
* mkswap<br />
<br />
* xfs_info, xfs_check and xfs_repair <br />
<br />
* smartd, smartctl<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.3 Creating and configuring filesystem options (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure automount filesystems using AutoFS. This objective includes configuring automount for network and device filesystems. Also included is creating filesystems for devices such as CD-ROMs and a basic feature knowledge of encrypted filesystems.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* autofs configuration files<br />
<br />
* UDF and ISO9660 tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* awareness of CD-ROM filesystems (UDF, ISO9660, HFS)<br />
<br />
* awareness of CD-ROM filesystem extensions (Joliet, Rock Ridge, El Torito) <br />
<br />
* basic feature knowledge of encrypted filesystems<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/auto.master<br />
<br />
* /etc/auto.[dir]<br />
<br />
* mkisofs<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 204: Advanced Storage Device Administration''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.1 Configuring RAID (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure and implement software RAID. This objective includes using and configuring RAID 0, 1 and 5.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Software RAID configuration files and utilities <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* mdadm.conf<br />
<br />
* mdadm<br />
<br />
* /proc/mdstat<br />
<br />
* partition type 0xFD <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.2 Adjusting Storage Device Access (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure kernel options to support various drives. This objective includes software tools to view & modify hard disk settings including iSCSI devices.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to configure DMA for IDE devices including ATAPI and SATA<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate or analyse system resources (e.g. interrupts)<br />
<br />
* Awareness of sdparm command and its uses <br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities for iSCSI<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* hdparm, sdparm<br />
<br />
* tune2fs<br />
<br />
* sysctl<br />
<br />
* /dev/hd*, /dev/sd* <br />
<br />
* iscsiadm, scsi_id, iscsid and iscsid.conf<br />
<br />
* WWID, WWN, LUN numbers<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.3 Logical Volume Manager (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create and remove logical volumes, volume groups, and physical volumes. This objective includes snapshots and resizing logical volumes.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Tools in the LVM suite<br />
<br />
* Resizing, renaming, creating, and removing logical volumes, volume groups, and physical volumes<br />
<br />
* Creating and maintaining snapshots<br />
<br />
* Activating volume groups <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sbin/pv*<br />
<br />
* /sbin/lv*<br />
<br />
* /sbin/vg*<br />
<br />
* mount<br />
<br />
* /dev/mapper/ <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 205: Networking Configuration''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.1 Basic networking configuration (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a network device to be able to connect to a local, wired or wireless, and a wide-area network. This objective includes being able to communicate between various subnets within a single network including both IPv4 and IPv6 networks.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
<br />
* Configuring basic access to wireless networks with iw, iwconfig and iwlist<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ip<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/arp<br />
<br />
* /sbin/iwconfig<br />
<br />
* /sbin/iwlist<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.2 Advanced Network Configuration (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a network device to implement various network authentication schemes. This objective includes configuring a multi-homed network device and resolving communication problems.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Utilities to manipulate routing tables<br />
<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
<br />
* Utilities to analyse the status of the network devices<br />
<br />
* Utilities to monitor and analyse the TCP/IP traffic<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
<br />
* /bin/netstat<br />
<br />
* /bin/ping<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/arp<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/tcpdump<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/lsof<br />
<br />
* /usr/bin/nc<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ip<br />
<br />
* nmap<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.3 Troubleshooting network issues (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to identify and correct common network setup issues, to include knowledge of locations for basic configuration files and commands.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Location and content of access restriction files<br />
<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
<br />
* Utilities to manage routing tables<br />
<br />
* Utilities to list network states.<br />
<br />
* Utilities to gain information about the network configuration<br />
<br />
* Methods of information about the recognised and used hardware devices<br />
<br />
* System initialisation files and their contents (SysV init process)<br />
<br />
* Awareness of NetworkManager and its impact on network configuration<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
<br />
* /bin/netstat<br />
<br />
* /etc/network, /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/<br />
<br />
* System log files such as /var/log/syslog & /var/log/messages<br />
<br />
* /bin/ping<br />
<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
<br />
* /etc/hostname, /etc/HOSTNAME<br />
<br />
* /bin/hostname<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/traceroute<br />
<br />
* /bin/dmesg<br />
<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow, /etc/hosts.deny<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 206: System Maintenance''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">206.1 Make and install programs from source (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to build and install an executable program from source. This objective includes being able to unpack a file of sources.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Unpack source code using common compression and archive utilities.<br />
<br />
* Understand basics of invoking make to compile programs.<br />
<br />
* Apply parameters to a configure script.<br />
<br />
* Know where sources are stored by default. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/<br />
<br />
* gunzip<br />
<br />
* gzip<br />
<br />
* bzip2<br />
<br />
* tar<br />
<br />
* configure<br />
<br />
* make<br />
<br />
* uname<br />
<br />
* install <br />
<br />
* patch<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">206.2 Backup operations (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to use system tools to back up important system data. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Knowledge about directories that have to be include in backups<br />
<br />
* Awareness of network backup solutions such as Amanda, Bacula and BackupPC<br />
<br />
* Knowledge of the benefits and drawbacks of tapes, CDR, disk or other backup media<br />
<br />
* Perform partial and manual backups.<br />
<br />
* Verify the integrity of backup files.<br />
<br />
* Partially or fully restore backups. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /bin/sh<br />
<br />
* dd<br />
<br />
* tar<br />
<br />
* /dev/st* and /dev/nst*<br />
<br />
* mt<br />
<br />
* rsync <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">206.3 Notify users on system-related issues (وزن: 1)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to notify the users about current issues related to the system. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Automate communication with users through logon messages.<br />
<br />
* Inform active users of system maintenance <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/issue<br />
<br />
* /etc/issue.net<br />
<br />
* /etc/motd<br />
<br />
* wall<br />
<br />
* /sbin/shutdown <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 202==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 207: Domain Name Server''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.1 Basic DNS server configuration (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure BIND to function as a caching-only DNS server. This objective includes the ability to managing a running server and configuring logging.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* BIND 9.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Defining the location of the BIND zone files in BIND configuration files<br />
<br />
* Reloading modified configuration and zone files <br />
<br />
* Awareness of dnsmasq, djbdns and PowerDNS as alternate name servers<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/named.conf<br />
<br />
* /var/named/*<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/rndc<br />
<br />
* kill <br />
<br />
* host<br />
<br />
* dig<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.2 Create and maintain DNS zones (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create a zone file for a forward or reverse zone and hints for root level servers. This objective includes setting appropriate values for records, adding hosts in zones and adding zones to the DNS. A candidate should also be able to delegate zones to another DNS server.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* BIND 9 configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Utilities to request information from the DNS server<br />
<br />
* Layout, content and file location of the BIND zone files<br />
<br />
* Various methods to add a new host in the zone files, including reverse zones <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /var/named/*<br />
<br />
* zone file syntax<br />
<br />
* resource record formats<br />
<br />
* dig<br />
<br />
* nslookup<br />
<br />
* host <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.3 Securing a DNS server (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a DNS server to run as a non-root user and run in a chroot jail. This objective includes secure exchange of data between DNS servers.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* BIND 9 configuration files<br />
<br />
* Configuring BIND to run in a chroot jail<br />
<br />
* Split configuration of BIND using the forwarders statement <br />
<br />
* Configuring and using transaction signatures (TSIG)<br />
<br />
* Awareness of DNSSEC and basic tools<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/named.conf<br />
<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
<br />
* DNSSEC<br />
<br />
* dnssec-keygen <br />
<br />
* dnssec-signzone<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 208: Web Services''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.1 Basic Apache configuration (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure a web server. This objective includes monitoring the server's load and performance, restricting client user access, configuring support for scripting languages as modules and setting up client user authentication. Also included is configuring server options to restrict usage of resources. Candidates should be able to configure a web server to use virtual hosts and customise file access. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Apache 2.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Apache log files configuration and content<br />
<br />
* Access restriction methods and files<br />
<br />
* mod_perl and PHP configuration<br />
<br />
* Client user authentication files and utilities<br />
<br />
* Configuration of maximum requests, minimum and maximum servers and clients <br />
<br />
* Apache 2.x virtual host implementation (with and without dedicated IP addresses)<br />
<br />
* Using redirect statements in Apache's configuration files to customise file access <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* access logs and error logs<br />
<br />
* .htaccess<br />
<br />
* httpd.conf<br />
<br />
* mod_auth<br />
<br />
* htpasswd<br />
<br />
* AuthUserFile, AuthGroupFile<br />
<br />
* apache2ctl<br />
<br />
* httpd <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.2 Apache configuration for HTTPS (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a web server to provide HTTPS. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* SSL configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Ability to generate a server private key and CSR for a commercial CA<br />
<br />
* Ability to generate a self-signed Certificate from private CA<br />
<br />
* Ability to install the key and Certificate<br />
<br />
* Awareness of the issues with Virtual Hosting and use of SSL<br />
<br />
* Security issues in SSL use<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* Apache2 configuration files<br />
<br />
* /etc/ssl/*, /etc/pki/*<br />
<br />
* openssl, CA.pl<br />
<br />
* SSLEngine, SSLCertificateKeyFile, SSLCertificateFile, SSLCertificateChainFile<br />
<br />
* SSLCACertificateFile, SSLCACertificatePath<br />
<br />
* SSLProtocol, SSLCipherSuite, ServerTokens, ServerSignature, TraceEnable<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.3 Implementing Squid as a caching proxy (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure a proxy server, including access policies, authentication and resource usage.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Squid 3.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Access restriction methods<br />
<br />
* Client user authentication methods<br />
<br />
* Layout and content of ACL in the Squid configuration files <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* squid.conf<br />
<br />
* acl<br />
<br />
* http_access <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.4 Implementing Nginx as a web server and a reverse proxy (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure a reverse proxy server, Nginx. Basic configuration of Nginx as a HTTP server is included. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Nginx<br />
<br />
* Reverse Proxy<br />
<br />
* Basic Web Server<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/nginx/<br />
<br />
* nginx<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 209: File Sharing''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">209.1 Samba Server Configuration (وزن: 5)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to set up a SAMBA server for various clients. This objective includes setting up Samba for login clients and setting up the workgroup in which a server participates and defining shared directories and printers. Also covered is a configuring a Linux client to use a Samba server. Troubleshooting installations is also tested. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Samba version 3 documentation<br />
<br />
* Samba configuration files<br />
<br />
* Samba tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Mounting Samba shares on Linux<br />
<br />
* Samba daemons<br />
<br />
* Mapping Windows user names to Linux user names<br />
<br />
* User-Level and Share-Level security <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* smbd, nmbd<br />
<br />
* smbstatus, testparm, smbpasswd, nmblookup<br />
<br />
* smbclient<br />
<br />
* net<br />
<br />
* /etc/smb/*<br />
<br />
* /var/log/samba/ <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">209.2 NFS Server Configuration (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to export filesystems using NFS. This objective includes access restrictions, mounting an NFS filesystem on a client and securing NFS.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* NFS version 3 configuration files<br />
<br />
* NFS tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Access restrictions to certain hosts and/or subnets<br />
<br />
* Mount options on server and client<br />
<br />
* TCP Wrappers <br />
<br />
* Awareness of NFSv4<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/exports<br />
<br />
* exportfs<br />
<br />
* showmount<br />
<br />
* nfsstat<br />
<br />
* /proc/mounts<br />
<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
<br />
* rpcinfo<br />
<br />
* mountd<br />
<br />
* portmapper<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 210: Network Client Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.1 DHCP configuration (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a DHCP server. This objective includes setting default and per client options, adding static hosts and BOOTP hosts. Also included is configuring a DHCP relay agent and maintaining the DHCP server.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* DHCP configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Subnet and dynamically-allocated range setup <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* dhcpd.conf<br />
<br />
* dhcpd.leases<br />
<br />
* /var/log/daemon.log and /var/log/messages<br />
<br />
* arp<br />
<br />
* dhcpd <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.2 PAM authentication (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | The candidate should be able to configure PAM to support authentication using various available methods. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* PAM configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* passwd and shadow passwords <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/pam.d<br />
<br />
* pam.conf<br />
<br />
* nsswitch.conf<br />
<br />
* pam_unix, pam_cracklib, pam_limits, pam_listfile <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.3 LDAP client usage (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to perform queries and updates to an LDAP server. Also included is importing and adding items, as well as adding and managing users.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* LDAP utilities for data management and queries<br />
<br />
* Change user passwords<br />
<br />
* Querying the LDAP directory <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ldapsearch<br />
<br />
* ldappasswd<br />
<br />
* ldapadd<br />
<br />
* ldapdelete <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.4 Configuring an OpenLDAP server (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a basic OpenLDAP server including knowledge of LDIF format and essential access controls. An understanding of the role of SSSD in authentication and identity management is included.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* OpenLDAP<br />
<br />
* Access Control<br />
<br />
* Distinguished Names<br />
<br />
* Changetype Operations<br />
<br />
* Schemas and Whitepages<br />
<br />
* Directories<br />
<br />
* Object IDs, Attributes and Classes<br />
<br />
* Awareness of System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* slapd<br />
<br />
* slapd.conf<br />
<br />
* LDIF<br />
<br />
* slapadd<br />
<br />
* slapcat<br />
<br />
* slapindex<br />
<br />
* /var/lib/ldap/* <br />
<br />
* loglevel<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 211: E-Mail Services''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.1 Using e-mail servers (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage an e-mail server, including the configuration of e-mail aliases, e-mail quotas and virtual e-mail domains. This objective includes configuring internal e-mail relays and monitoring e-mail servers.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Configuration files for postfix<br />
<br />
* Basic knowledge of the SMTP protocol<br />
<br />
* Awareness of sendmail and exim <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* Configuration files and commands for postfix<br />
<br />
* /etc/postfix/*<br />
<br />
* /var/spool/postfix<br />
<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
<br />
* /etc/aliases<br />
<br />
* mail-related logs in /var/log/ <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.2 Managing Local E-Mail Delivery (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to implement client e-mail management software to filter, sort and monitor incoming user e-mail. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* procmail configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Usage of procmail on both server and client side <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ~/.procmailrc<br />
<br />
* /etc/procmailrc<br />
<br />
* procmail<br />
<br />
* mbox and Maildir formats <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.3 Managing Remote E-Mail Delivery (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure POP and IMAP daemons. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Courier IMAP and Courier POP configuration<br />
<br />
* Dovecot configuration <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/courier/*<br />
<br />
* dovecot.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 212: System Security''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.1 Configuring a router (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a system to perform network address translation (NAT, IP masquerading) and state its significance in protecting a network. This objective includes configuring port redirection, managing filter rules and averting attacks.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* iptables configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Tools, commands and utilities to manage routing tables.<br />
<br />
* Private address ranges<br />
<br />
* Port redirection and IP forwarding<br />
<br />
* List and write filtering and rules that accept or block datagrams based on source or destination protocol, port and address<br />
<br />
* Save and reload filtering configurations <br />
<br />
* Awareness of ip6tables and filtering<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /proc/sys/net/ipv4<br />
<br />
* /etc/services<br />
<br />
* iptables <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.2 Managing FTP servers (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure an FTP server for anonymous downloads and uploads. This objective includes precautions to be taken if anonymous uploads are permitted and configuring user access.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Configuration files, tools and utilities for Pure-FTPd and vsftpd<br />
<br />
* Awareness of ProFTPd<br />
<br />
* Understanding of passive vs. active FTP connections <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* vsftpd.conf<br />
<br />
* important Pure-FTPd command line options <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.3 Secure shell (SSH) (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure and secure an SSH daemon. This objective includes managing keys and configuring SSH for users. Candidates should also be able to forward an application protocol over SSH and manage the SSH login.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* OpenSSH configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Login restrictions for the superuser and the normal users<br />
<br />
* Managing and using server and client keys to login with and without password<br />
<br />
* Usage of multiple connections from multiple hosts to guard against loss of connection to remote host following configuration changes <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ssh<br />
<br />
* sshd<br />
<br />
* /etc/ssh/sshd_config<br />
<br />
* /etc/ssh/*<br />
<br />
* Private and public key files<br />
<br />
* PermitRootLogin, PubKeyAuthentication, AllowUsers, PasswordAuthentication, Protocol <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.4 Security tasks (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to receive security alerts from various sources, install, configure and run intrusion detection systems and apply security patches and bugfixes.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to scan and test ports on a server<br />
<br />
* Locations and organisations that report security alerts as Bugtraq, CERT, CIAC or other sources<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to implement an intrusion detection system (IDS)<br />
<br />
* Awareness of OpenVAS and Snort<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* telnet<br />
<br />
* nmap<br />
<br />
* fail2ban<br />
<br />
* nc<br />
<br />
* iptables <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.5 OpenVPN (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a VPN (Virtual Private Network) and create secure point-to-point or site-to-site connections.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* OpenVPN <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/openvpn/*<br />
<br />
* openvpn<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Future Change Considerations==<br />
<br />
Future changes to the objective will/may include:<br />
<br />
* EFI shell, gdisk, parted not included. More appropriate in LPIC-1 update.<br />
<br />
* lighttpd would have been too much coverage of web services. Perhaps reduce Apache next revision to make room.<br />
<br />
* host level IDS (tripwire, AIDE, etc) to be covered in future LPIC-1.<br />
<br />
* sieve and maildrop to be considered in a future update.<br />
<br />
* SAN, AoE, and FCoE to be considered in a future update.<br />
<br />
* encrypted file systems are covered in-depth in LPI-303 exam.<br />
<br />
</div></div>
Tolstoy
https://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-2_Objectives(Persian)&diff=2824
LPIC-2 Objectives(Persian)
2014-02-11T13:56:36Z
<p>Tolstoy: /* Translations of Objectives */</p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
<div dir="rtl" class="mw-content-rtl"><br />
<br />
==Overview of Tasks==<br />
<br />
These are required exams for LPI certification Level 2. It covers advanced skills for the Linux professional that are common across all distributions of Linux. Also, [[LPIC-1_Objectives|LPIC-1]] must be obtained in order to receive the certification. Exams may be taken in any order but all<br />
of the requirements must be met.<br />
<br />
To pass LPIC-2, the candidate should be able to:<br />
<br />
* Administer a small to medium-sized site.<br />
* Plan, implement, maintain, keep consistent, secure, and troubleshoot a small mixed (MS, Linux) network, including a:<br />
** LAN server (Samba, NFS, DNS, DHCP, client management).<br />
** Internet Gateway (firewall, VPN, SSH, web cache/proxy, mail).<br />
** Internet Server (web server and reverse proxy, FTP server).<br />
* Supervise assistants.<br />
* Advise management on automation and purchases.<br />
<br />
<br /><br /><br />
<br />
==Version Information==<br />
<br />
These objectives are version 4.0.0. This version is to go live on Nov 1, 2013.<br />
<br />
This is also a [[LPIC2AndLPIC3SummaryVersion3To4|summary and detailed information]] on the changes from version 3.5.x to 4.0.0 of the objectives.<br />
<br />
The [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V3|version 3.x of the LPIC-2 Objectives]] are still online.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
<br />
==Exams==<br />
<br />
In order to be certified [[LPIC-2]], the candidate must pass both the [[LPIC-2_101_v4_|201]] and [[LPIC-2_202_v4_0|202]] exams and be a holder of an active [[LPIC-1]] certification.<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_201_v4_0|201]]<br />
* [[LPIC-2_202_v4_0|202]]<br />
<br />
<br />
==Addenda==<br />
<br />
===''Clarification Addendum (Nov 1st, 2013)''===<br />
<br />
* changed htgroup to AuthGroupFile and AuthUserFile<br />
<br />
<br />
===''Version Update (Nov 1st, 2013)''===<br />
<br />
* updated to version 4.0.0<br />
<br />
<br /><br /><br />
<br />
==Translations of Objectives==<br />
<br />
The following translations of the objectives are available on this wiki:<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V4|English]]<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V4(ES)|Spanish]]<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V4(FR)|French]]<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V4(DE)|German]]<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_Objectives(Persian)|Persian]]<br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 201==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 200: Capacity Planning''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">200.1 Measure and Troubleshoot Resource Usage (وزن: 6)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 6<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to measure hardware resource and network bandwidth, identify and troubleshoot resource problems.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Measure CPU usage.<br />
<br />
* Measure memory usage.<br />
<br />
* Measure disk I/O.<br />
<br />
* Measure network I/O.<br />
<br />
* Measure firewalling and routing throughput.<br />
<br />
* Map client bandwidth usage.<br />
<br />
* Match / correlate system symptoms with likely problems.<br />
<br />
* Estimate throughput and identify bottlenecks in a system including networking.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* iostat<br />
<br />
* vmstat<br />
<br />
* netstat<br />
<br />
* pstree, ps<br />
<br />
* w<br />
<br />
* lsof<br />
<br />
* top<br />
<br />
* uptime<br />
<br />
* sar <br />
<br />
* swap<br />
<br />
* processes blocked on I/O<br />
<br />
* blocks in<br />
<br />
* blocks out <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">200.2 Predict Future Resource Needs (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to monitor resource usage to predict future resource needs.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use collectd to monitor IT infrastructure usage.<br />
<br />
* Predict capacity break point of a configuration.<br />
<br />
* Observe growth rate of capacity usage.<br />
<br />
* Graph the trend of capacity usage.<br />
<br />
* Awareness of monitoring solutions such as Nagios, MRTG and Cacti<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* diagnose<br />
<br />
* predict growth<br />
<br />
* resource exhaustion<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 201: Linux Kernel''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.1 Kernel components (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to utilise kernel components that are necessary to specific hardware, hardware drivers, system resources and requirements. This objective includes implementing different types of kernel images, understanding stable and longterm kernels and patches, as well as using kernel modules.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Kernel 2.6.x documentation<br />
<br />
* Kernel 3.x documentation<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است: '''<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/linux<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/linux/Documentation<br />
<br />
* zImage<br />
<br />
* bzImage <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.2 Compiling a Linux kernel (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly configure a kernel to include or disable specific features of the Linux kernel as necessary. This objective includes compiling and recompiling the Linux kernel as needed, updating and noting changes in a new kernel, creating an initrd image and installing new kernels.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/linux/<br />
<br />
* Kernel Makefiles<br />
<br />
* Kernel 2.6.x/3.x make targets <br />
<br />
* Customize the current kernel configuration.<br />
<br />
* Build a new kernel and appropriate kernel modules.<br />
<br />
* Install a new kernel and any modules.<br />
<br />
* Ensure that the boot manager can locate the new kernel and associated files.<br />
<br />
* Module configuration files <br />
<br />
* Awareness of dracut<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* mkinitrd<br />
<br />
* mkinitramfs<br />
<br />
* make<br />
<br />
* make targets (all, config, xconfig, menuconfig, gconfig, oldconfig, mrproper, zImage, bzImage, modules, modules_install, rpm-pkg, binrpm-pkg, deb-pkg) <br />
<br />
* gzip<br />
<br />
* bzip2 <br />
<br />
* module tools<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/linux/.config<br />
<br />
* /lib/modules/kernel-version/*<br />
<br />
* depmod<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.3 Kernel runtime management and troubleshooting (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage and/or query a 2.6.x or 3.x kernel and its loadable modules. Candidates should be able to identify and correct common boot and run time issues. Candidates should understand device detection and management using udev. This objective includes troubleshooting udev rules. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use command-line utilities to get information about the currently running kernel and kernel modules.<br />
<br />
* Manually load and unload kernel modules.<br />
<br />
* Determine when modules can be unloaded.<br />
<br />
* Determine what parameters a module accepts.<br />
<br />
* Configure the system to load modules by names other than their file name. <br />
<br />
* /proc filesystem<br />
<br />
* Content of /, /boot , and /lib/modules<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to analyse information about the available hardware<br />
<br />
* udev rules<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /lib/modules/kernel-version/modules.dep<br />
<br />
* module configuration files in /etc<br />
<br />
* /proc/sys/kernel/<br />
<br />
* /sbin/depmod<br />
<br />
* /sbin/rmmod<br />
<br />
* /sbin/modinfo<br />
<br />
* /bin/dmesg<br />
<br />
* /sbin/lspci<br />
<br />
* /usr/bin/lsdev<br />
<br />
* /sbin/lsmod<br />
<br />
* /sbin/modprobe<br />
<br />
* /sbin/insmod<br />
<br />
* /bin/uname<br />
<br />
* /usr/bin/lsusb <br />
<br />
* /etc/sysctl.conf, /etc/sysctl.d/<br />
<br />
* /sbin/sysctl <br />
<br />
* udevmonitor<br />
<br />
* udevadm monitor<br />
<br />
* /etc/udev <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 202: System Startup''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">202.1 Customising SysV-init system startup (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to query and modify the behaviour of system services at various run levels. A thorough understanding of the init structure and boot process is required. This objective includes interacting with run levels.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Linux Standard Base Specification (LSB) <br />
<br />
* SysV init environment<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
<br />
* /etc/init.d/<br />
<br />
* /etc/rc.d/<br />
<br />
* chkconfig<br />
<br />
* update-rc.d<br />
<br />
* init and telinit<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">202.2 System recovery (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly manipulate a Linux system during both the boot process and during recovery mode. This objective includes using both the init utility and init-related kernel options. Candidates should be able to determine the cause of errors in loading and usage of bootloaders. GRUB version 2 and GRUB Legacy are the bootloaders of interest.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* GRUB version 2 and Legacy<br />
<br />
* grub shell <br />
<br />
* boot loader start and hand off to kernel<br />
<br />
* kernel loading<br />
<br />
* hardware initialisation and setup<br />
<br />
* daemon/service initialisation and setup<br />
<br />
* Know the different boot loader install locations on a hard disk or removable device<br />
<br />
* Overwriting standard boot loader options and using boot loader shells <br />
<br />
* Awareness of UEFI<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* mount<br />
<br />
* fsck<br />
<br />
* inittab, telinit and init with SysV init<br />
<br />
* The contents of /boot/ and /boot/grub/<br />
<br />
* GRUB<br />
<br />
* grub-install<br />
<br />
* initrd, initramfs<br />
<br />
* Master boot record<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">202.3 Alternate Bootloaders (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be aware of other bootloaders and their major features.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* LILO<br />
<br />
* SYSLINUX, ISOLINUX, PXELINUX<br />
<br />
* Understanding of PXE<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* lilo, /etc/lilo.conf<br />
<br />
* syslinux<br />
<br />
* extlinux<br />
<br />
* isolinux.bin<br />
<br />
* isolinux.cfg<br />
<br />
* pxelinux.0<br />
<br />
* pxelinux.cfg/*<br />
<br />
<br/><br />
<br/><br />
<br />
===''Topic 203: Filesystem and Devices''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.1 Operating the Linux filesystem (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly configure and navigate the standard Linux filesystem. This objective includes configuring and mounting various filesystem types.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* The concept of the fstab configuration<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities for handling SWAP partitions and files<br />
<br />
* Use of UUIDs for identifying and mounting file systems<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
<br />
* /etc/mtab<br />
<br />
* /proc/mounts<br />
<br />
* mount and umount<br />
<br />
* blkid<br />
<br />
* sync<br />
<br />
* swapon<br />
<br />
* swapoff <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.2 Maintaining a Linux filesystem (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly maintain a Linux filesystem using system utilities. This objective includes manipulating standard filesystems and monitoring SMART devices.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate and ext2, ext3 and ext4<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate xfs <br />
<br />
* Awareness of Btrfs<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* fsck (fsck.*)<br />
<br />
* mkfs (mkfs.*)<br />
<br />
* dumpe2fs, xfsdump, xfsrestore<br />
<br />
* debugfs<br />
<br />
* tune2fs<br />
<br />
* mkswap<br />
<br />
* xfs_info, xfs_check and xfs_repair <br />
<br />
* smartd, smartctl<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.3 Creating and configuring filesystem options (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure automount filesystems using AutoFS. This objective includes configuring automount for network and device filesystems. Also included is creating filesystems for devices such as CD-ROMs and a basic feature knowledge of encrypted filesystems.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* autofs configuration files<br />
<br />
* UDF and ISO9660 tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* awareness of CD-ROM filesystems (UDF, ISO9660, HFS)<br />
<br />
* awareness of CD-ROM filesystem extensions (Joliet, Rock Ridge, El Torito) <br />
<br />
* basic feature knowledge of encrypted filesystems<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/auto.master<br />
<br />
* /etc/auto.[dir]<br />
<br />
* mkisofs<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 204: Advanced Storage Device Administration''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.1 Configuring RAID (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure and implement software RAID. This objective includes using and configuring RAID 0, 1 and 5.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Software RAID configuration files and utilities <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* mdadm.conf<br />
<br />
* mdadm<br />
<br />
* /proc/mdstat<br />
<br />
* partition type 0xFD <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.2 Adjusting Storage Device Access (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure kernel options to support various drives. This objective includes software tools to view & modify hard disk settings including iSCSI devices.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to configure DMA for IDE devices including ATAPI and SATA<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate or analyse system resources (e.g. interrupts)<br />
<br />
* Awareness of sdparm command and its uses <br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities for iSCSI<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* hdparm, sdparm<br />
<br />
* tune2fs<br />
<br />
* sysctl<br />
<br />
* /dev/hd*, /dev/sd* <br />
<br />
* iscsiadm, scsi_id, iscsid and iscsid.conf<br />
<br />
* WWID, WWN, LUN numbers<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.3 Logical Volume Manager (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create and remove logical volumes, volume groups, and physical volumes. This objective includes snapshots and resizing logical volumes.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Tools in the LVM suite<br />
<br />
* Resizing, renaming, creating, and removing logical volumes, volume groups, and physical volumes<br />
<br />
* Creating and maintaining snapshots<br />
<br />
* Activating volume groups <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sbin/pv*<br />
<br />
* /sbin/lv*<br />
<br />
* /sbin/vg*<br />
<br />
* mount<br />
<br />
* /dev/mapper/ <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 205: Networking Configuration''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.1 Basic networking configuration (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a network device to be able to connect to a local, wired or wireless, and a wide-area network. This objective includes being able to communicate between various subnets within a single network including both IPv4 and IPv6 networks.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
<br />
* Configuring basic access to wireless networks with iw, iwconfig and iwlist<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ip<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/arp<br />
<br />
* /sbin/iwconfig<br />
<br />
* /sbin/iwlist<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.2 Advanced Network Configuration (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a network device to implement various network authentication schemes. This objective includes configuring a multi-homed network device and resolving communication problems.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Utilities to manipulate routing tables<br />
<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
<br />
* Utilities to analyse the status of the network devices<br />
<br />
* Utilities to monitor and analyse the TCP/IP traffic<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
<br />
* /bin/netstat<br />
<br />
* /bin/ping<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/arp<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/tcpdump<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/lsof<br />
<br />
* /usr/bin/nc<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ip<br />
<br />
* nmap<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.3 Troubleshooting network issues (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to identify and correct common network setup issues, to include knowledge of locations for basic configuration files and commands.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Location and content of access restriction files<br />
<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
<br />
* Utilities to manage routing tables<br />
<br />
* Utilities to list network states.<br />
<br />
* Utilities to gain information about the network configuration<br />
<br />
* Methods of information about the recognised and used hardware devices<br />
<br />
* System initialisation files and their contents (SysV init process)<br />
<br />
* Awareness of NetworkManager and its impact on network configuration<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
<br />
* /bin/netstat<br />
<br />
* /etc/network, /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/<br />
<br />
* System log files such as /var/log/syslog & /var/log/messages<br />
<br />
* /bin/ping<br />
<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
<br />
* /etc/hostname, /etc/HOSTNAME<br />
<br />
* /bin/hostname<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/traceroute<br />
<br />
* /bin/dmesg<br />
<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow, /etc/hosts.deny<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 206: System Maintenance''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">206.1 Make and install programs from source (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to build and install an executable program from source. This objective includes being able to unpack a file of sources.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Unpack source code using common compression and archive utilities.<br />
<br />
* Understand basics of invoking make to compile programs.<br />
<br />
* Apply parameters to a configure script.<br />
<br />
* Know where sources are stored by default. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/<br />
<br />
* gunzip<br />
<br />
* gzip<br />
<br />
* bzip2<br />
<br />
* tar<br />
<br />
* configure<br />
<br />
* make<br />
<br />
* uname<br />
<br />
* install <br />
<br />
* patch<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">206.2 Backup operations (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to use system tools to back up important system data. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Knowledge about directories that have to be include in backups<br />
<br />
* Awareness of network backup solutions such as Amanda, Bacula and BackupPC<br />
<br />
* Knowledge of the benefits and drawbacks of tapes, CDR, disk or other backup media<br />
<br />
* Perform partial and manual backups.<br />
<br />
* Verify the integrity of backup files.<br />
<br />
* Partially or fully restore backups. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /bin/sh<br />
<br />
* dd<br />
<br />
* tar<br />
<br />
* /dev/st* and /dev/nst*<br />
<br />
* mt<br />
<br />
* rsync <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">206.3 Notify users on system-related issues (وزن: 1)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to notify the users about current issues related to the system. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Automate communication with users through logon messages.<br />
<br />
* Inform active users of system maintenance <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/issue<br />
<br />
* /etc/issue.net<br />
<br />
* /etc/motd<br />
<br />
* wall<br />
<br />
* /sbin/shutdown <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 202==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 207: Domain Name Server''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.1 Basic DNS server configuration (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure BIND to function as a caching-only DNS server. This objective includes the ability to managing a running server and configuring logging.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* BIND 9.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Defining the location of the BIND zone files in BIND configuration files<br />
<br />
* Reloading modified configuration and zone files <br />
<br />
* Awareness of dnsmasq, djbdns and PowerDNS as alternate name servers<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/named.conf<br />
<br />
* /var/named/*<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/rndc<br />
<br />
* kill <br />
<br />
* host<br />
<br />
* dig<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.2 Create and maintain DNS zones (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create a zone file for a forward or reverse zone and hints for root level servers. This objective includes setting appropriate values for records, adding hosts in zones and adding zones to the DNS. A candidate should also be able to delegate zones to another DNS server.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* BIND 9 configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Utilities to request information from the DNS server<br />
<br />
* Layout, content and file location of the BIND zone files<br />
<br />
* Various methods to add a new host in the zone files, including reverse zones <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /var/named/*<br />
<br />
* zone file syntax<br />
<br />
* resource record formats<br />
<br />
* dig<br />
<br />
* nslookup<br />
<br />
* host <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.3 Securing a DNS server (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a DNS server to run as a non-root user and run in a chroot jail. This objective includes secure exchange of data between DNS servers.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* BIND 9 configuration files<br />
<br />
* Configuring BIND to run in a chroot jail<br />
<br />
* Split configuration of BIND using the forwarders statement <br />
<br />
* Configuring and using transaction signatures (TSIG)<br />
<br />
* Awareness of DNSSEC and basic tools<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/named.conf<br />
<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
<br />
* DNSSEC<br />
<br />
* dnssec-keygen <br />
<br />
* dnssec-signzone<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 208: Web Services''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.1 Basic Apache configuration (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure a web server. This objective includes monitoring the server's load and performance, restricting client user access, configuring support for scripting languages as modules and setting up client user authentication. Also included is configuring server options to restrict usage of resources. Candidates should be able to configure a web server to use virtual hosts and customise file access. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Apache 2.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Apache log files configuration and content<br />
<br />
* Access restriction methods and files<br />
<br />
* mod_perl and PHP configuration<br />
<br />
* Client user authentication files and utilities<br />
<br />
* Configuration of maximum requests, minimum and maximum servers and clients <br />
<br />
* Apache 2.x virtual host implementation (with and without dedicated IP addresses)<br />
<br />
* Using redirect statements in Apache's configuration files to customise file access <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* access logs and error logs<br />
<br />
* .htaccess<br />
<br />
* httpd.conf<br />
<br />
* mod_auth<br />
<br />
* htpasswd<br />
<br />
* AuthUserFile, AuthGroupFile<br />
<br />
* apache2ctl<br />
<br />
* httpd <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.2 Apache configuration for HTTPS (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a web server to provide HTTPS. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* SSL configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Ability to generate a server private key and CSR for a commercial CA<br />
<br />
* Ability to generate a self-signed Certificate from private CA<br />
<br />
* Ability to install the key and Certificate<br />
<br />
* Awareness of the issues with Virtual Hosting and use of SSL<br />
<br />
* Security issues in SSL use<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* Apache2 configuration files<br />
<br />
* /etc/ssl/*, /etc/pki/*<br />
<br />
* openssl, CA.pl<br />
<br />
* SSLEngine, SSLCertificateKeyFile, SSLCertificateFile, SSLCertificateChainFile<br />
<br />
* SSLCACertificateFile, SSLCACertificatePath<br />
<br />
* SSLProtocol, SSLCipherSuite, ServerTokens, ServerSignature, TraceEnable<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.3 Implementing Squid as a caching proxy (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure a proxy server, including access policies, authentication and resource usage.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Squid 3.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Access restriction methods<br />
<br />
* Client user authentication methods<br />
<br />
* Layout and content of ACL in the Squid configuration files <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* squid.conf<br />
<br />
* acl<br />
<br />
* http_access <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.4 Implementing Nginx as a web server and a reverse proxy (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure a reverse proxy server, Nginx. Basic configuration of Nginx as a HTTP server is included. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Nginx<br />
<br />
* Reverse Proxy<br />
<br />
* Basic Web Server<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/nginx/<br />
<br />
* nginx<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 209: File Sharing''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">209.1 Samba Server Configuration (وزن: 5)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to set up a SAMBA server for various clients. This objective includes setting up Samba for login clients and setting up the workgroup in which a server participates and defining shared directories and printers. Also covered is a configuring a Linux client to use a Samba server. Troubleshooting installations is also tested. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Samba version 3 documentation<br />
<br />
* Samba configuration files<br />
<br />
* Samba tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Mounting Samba shares on Linux<br />
<br />
* Samba daemons<br />
<br />
* Mapping Windows user names to Linux user names<br />
<br />
* User-Level and Share-Level security <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* smbd, nmbd<br />
<br />
* smbstatus, testparm, smbpasswd, nmblookup<br />
<br />
* smbclient<br />
<br />
* net<br />
<br />
* /etc/smb/*<br />
<br />
* /var/log/samba/ <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">209.2 NFS Server Configuration (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to export filesystems using NFS. This objective includes access restrictions, mounting an NFS filesystem on a client and securing NFS.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* NFS version 3 configuration files<br />
<br />
* NFS tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Access restrictions to certain hosts and/or subnets<br />
<br />
* Mount options on server and client<br />
<br />
* TCP Wrappers <br />
<br />
* Awareness of NFSv4<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/exports<br />
<br />
* exportfs<br />
<br />
* showmount<br />
<br />
* nfsstat<br />
<br />
* /proc/mounts<br />
<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
<br />
* rpcinfo<br />
<br />
* mountd<br />
<br />
* portmapper<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 210: Network Client Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.1 DHCP configuration (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a DHCP server. This objective includes setting default and per client options, adding static hosts and BOOTP hosts. Also included is configuring a DHCP relay agent and maintaining the DHCP server.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* DHCP configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Subnet and dynamically-allocated range setup <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* dhcpd.conf<br />
<br />
* dhcpd.leases<br />
<br />
* /var/log/daemon.log and /var/log/messages<br />
<br />
* arp<br />
<br />
* dhcpd <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.2 PAM authentication (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | The candidate should be able to configure PAM to support authentication using various available methods. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* PAM configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* passwd and shadow passwords <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/pam.d<br />
<br />
* pam.conf<br />
<br />
* nsswitch.conf<br />
<br />
* pam_unix, pam_cracklib, pam_limits, pam_listfile <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.3 LDAP client usage (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to perform queries and updates to an LDAP server. Also included is importing and adding items, as well as adding and managing users.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* LDAP utilities for data management and queries<br />
<br />
* Change user passwords<br />
<br />
* Querying the LDAP directory <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ldapsearch<br />
<br />
* ldappasswd<br />
<br />
* ldapadd<br />
<br />
* ldapdelete <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.4 Configuring an OpenLDAP server (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a basic OpenLDAP server including knowledge of LDIF format and essential access controls. An understanding of the role of SSSD in authentication and identity management is included.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* OpenLDAP<br />
<br />
* Access Control<br />
<br />
* Distinguished Names<br />
<br />
* Changetype Operations<br />
<br />
* Schemas and Whitepages<br />
<br />
* Directories<br />
<br />
* Object IDs, Attributes and Classes<br />
<br />
* Awareness of System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* slapd<br />
<br />
* slapd.conf<br />
<br />
* LDIF<br />
<br />
* slapadd<br />
<br />
* slapcat<br />
<br />
* slapindex<br />
<br />
* /var/lib/ldap/* <br />
<br />
* loglevel<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 211: E-Mail Services''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.1 Using e-mail servers (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage an e-mail server, including the configuration of e-mail aliases, e-mail quotas and virtual e-mail domains. This objective includes configuring internal e-mail relays and monitoring e-mail servers.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Configuration files for postfix<br />
<br />
* Basic knowledge of the SMTP protocol<br />
<br />
* Awareness of sendmail and exim <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* Configuration files and commands for postfix<br />
<br />
* /etc/postfix/*<br />
<br />
* /var/spool/postfix<br />
<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
<br />
* /etc/aliases<br />
<br />
* mail-related logs in /var/log/ <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.2 Managing Local E-Mail Delivery (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to implement client e-mail management software to filter, sort and monitor incoming user e-mail. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* procmail configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Usage of procmail on both server and client side <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ~/.procmailrc<br />
<br />
* /etc/procmailrc<br />
<br />
* procmail<br />
<br />
* mbox and Maildir formats <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.3 Managing Remote E-Mail Delivery (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure POP and IMAP daemons. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Courier IMAP and Courier POP configuration<br />
<br />
* Dovecot configuration <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/courier/*<br />
<br />
* dovecot.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 212: System Security''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.1 Configuring a router (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a system to perform network address translation (NAT, IP masquerading) and state its significance in protecting a network. This objective includes configuring port redirection, managing filter rules and averting attacks.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* iptables configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Tools, commands and utilities to manage routing tables.<br />
<br />
* Private address ranges<br />
<br />
* Port redirection and IP forwarding<br />
<br />
* List and write filtering and rules that accept or block datagrams based on source or destination protocol, port and address<br />
<br />
* Save and reload filtering configurations <br />
<br />
* Awareness of ip6tables and filtering<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /proc/sys/net/ipv4<br />
<br />
* /etc/services<br />
<br />
* iptables <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.2 Managing FTP servers (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure an FTP server for anonymous downloads and uploads. This objective includes precautions to be taken if anonymous uploads are permitted and configuring user access.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Configuration files, tools and utilities for Pure-FTPd and vsftpd<br />
<br />
* Awareness of ProFTPd<br />
<br />
* Understanding of passive vs. active FTP connections <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* vsftpd.conf<br />
<br />
* important Pure-FTPd command line options <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.3 Secure shell (SSH) (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure and secure an SSH daemon. This objective includes managing keys and configuring SSH for users. Candidates should also be able to forward an application protocol over SSH and manage the SSH login.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* OpenSSH configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Login restrictions for the superuser and the normal users<br />
<br />
* Managing and using server and client keys to login with and without password<br />
<br />
* Usage of multiple connections from multiple hosts to guard against loss of connection to remote host following configuration changes <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ssh<br />
<br />
* sshd<br />
<br />
* /etc/ssh/sshd_config<br />
<br />
* /etc/ssh/*<br />
<br />
* Private and public key files<br />
<br />
* PermitRootLogin, PubKeyAuthentication, AllowUsers, PasswordAuthentication, Protocol <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.4 Security tasks (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to receive security alerts from various sources, install, configure and run intrusion detection systems and apply security patches and bugfixes.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to scan and test ports on a server<br />
<br />
* Locations and organisations that report security alerts as Bugtraq, CERT, CIAC or other sources<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to implement an intrusion detection system (IDS)<br />
<br />
* Awareness of OpenVAS and Snort<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* telnet<br />
<br />
* nmap<br />
<br />
* fail2ban<br />
<br />
* nc<br />
<br />
* iptables <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.5 OpenVPN (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a VPN (Virtual Private Network) and create secure point-to-point or site-to-site connections.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* OpenVPN <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/openvpn/*<br />
<br />
* openvpn<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Future Change Considerations==<br />
<br />
Future changes to the objective will/may include:<br />
<br />
* EFI shell, gdisk, parted not included. More appropriate in LPIC-1 update.<br />
<br />
* lighttpd would have been too much coverage of web services. Perhaps reduce Apache next revision to make room.<br />
<br />
* host level IDS (tripwire, AIDE, etc) to be covered in future LPIC-1.<br />
<br />
* sieve and maildrop to be considered in a future update.<br />
<br />
* SAN, AoE, and FCoE to be considered in a future update.<br />
<br />
* encrypted file systems are covered in-depth in LPI-303 exam.<br />
<br />
</div></div>
Tolstoy
https://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-1(Persian)&diff=2823
LPIC-1(Persian)
2014-02-11T13:54:54Z
<p>Tolstoy: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
<div dir="rtl" class="mw-content-rtl"><br />
<br />
==معرفی==<br />
<br />
این آزمون برای دریافت LPIC-1 یا LPI certification Level 1 الزامی است. سرفصلها مهارتهای پایه برای یک لینوکس کار حرفهای را در توزیعهای مطرح معمول هستند را پوشش می دهد.<br />
<br />
این صفحه شامل سرفصلهای انتشار یافته برای آزمون LPIC-1 می باشد.-1 certification. <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==ویرایشها==<br />
<br />
این سرفصلها مربوط به به نسخه ۳.۵.۰ هستند<br />
<br />
علاوه بر آن می توانید [[LPIC1AndLPIC2SummaryVersion2To3|خلاصه و جزییات]] تغیر از نسخه 2.X به نسخه 3.5 را مطالعه کنید.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==آزمونها==<br />
<br />
به منظور دریافت مدرک [[LPIC-1]], داوطلبین باید آزمونهای [[LPIC-1_101_v3_5|101]] و [[LPIC-1_102_v3_5|102]] را با موفقیت پشت سر بگذارند.<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-1_101_v3_5|101]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1_102_v3_5|102]]<br />
<br />
==ضمایم==<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه شفاف سازی (Oct 1st, 2012)''===<br />
<br />
* repost of previous clarification.<br />
* added TZ env variable to 107.3 partial file list.<br />
* added .bash_history to 103.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه بروزرسانی نسخه (Jul 2st, 2012)''===<br />
<br />
* updated to version 3.5.0.<br />
* added explicit coverage at the basic configuration level of GRUB 2 to 102.2 key terms list.<br />
* added explicit coverage of the ext4 filesystem to 104.1 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of systemd and Upstart in 101.3 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of IPv6 in 109.1 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of LVM in 102.1 key terms list.<br />
* removed coverage of LILO from 102.2.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه شفاف سازی (Oct 1st, 2011)''===<br />
<br />
* added explicit mention of GPG key revocation to 110.3 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه شفاف سازی (Apr 1st, 2009)''===<br />
<br />
* dropped X Font Server coverage to awareness level from 106.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه شفاف سازی (Jan 1st, 2009)''===<br />
<br />
* added TZ env variable to 107.3 partial file list.<br />
* added .bash_history to 103.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==ترجمه سرفصلها==<br />
<br />
The following translations of the objectives are available on this wiki:<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(Catalan)|Catalan]] (currently 101 only).<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives|English]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(FR)|French]].<br />
* [http://www.lpice.eu/de/lpi-zertifizierungsinhalte.html German].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(Greek)|Greek]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(PT-PT)|Portuguese(Portugal)]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(RU)|Russian]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(ES)|Spanish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(SW)|Swahili]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(SV)|Swedish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(TR)|Turkish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1(Persian)|Persian]].<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==سرفصلهای آزمون ۱۰۱==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 101: System Architecture''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.1 Determine and configure hardware settings</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to determine and configure fundamental system hardware.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Enable and disable integrated peripherals.<br />
* Configure systems with or without external peripherals such as keyboards.<br />
* Differentiate between the various types of mass storage devices.<br />
* Set the correct hardware ID for different devices, especially the boot device.<br />
* Know the differences between coldplug and hotplug devices.<br />
* Determine hardware resources for devices.<br />
* Tools and utilities to list various hardware information (e.g. lsusb, lspci, etc.).<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate USB devices.<br />
* Conceptual understanding of sysfs, udev, hald, dbus.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sys<br />
* /proc<br />
* /dev<br />
* modprobe<br />
* lsmod<br />
* lspci<br />
* lsusb <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.2 Boot the system</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to guide the system through the booting process.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Provide common commands to the boot loader and options to the kernel at boot time.<br />
* Demonstrate knowledge of the boot sequence from BIOS to boot completion.<br />
* Check boot events in the log files. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /var/log/messages<br />
* dmesg<br />
* BIOS<br />
* bootloader<br />
* kernel<br />
* init <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.3 Change runlevels and shutdown or reboot system </span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage the runlevel of the system. This objective includes changing to single user mode, shutdown or rebooting the system. Candidates should be able to alert users before switching run level and properly terminate processes. This objective also includes setting the default run level. It also includes basic feature knowledge of potential replacements to init.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Set the default run level.<br />
* Change between run levels including single user mode.<br />
* Shutdown and reboot from the command line.<br />
* Alert users before switching run levels or other major system event.<br />
* Properly terminate processes. <br />
* Knowledge of basic features of systemd and Upstart.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* shutdown<br />
* init<br />
* /etc/init.d<br />
* telinit <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 102: Linux Installation and Package Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.1 Design hard disk layout</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to design a disk partitioning scheme for a Linux system.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Allocate filesystems and swap space to separate partitions or disks.<br />
* Tailor the design to the intended use of the system.<br />
* Ensure the /boot partition conforms to the hardware architecture requirements for booting. <br />
* Knowledge of basic features of LVM.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* / (root) filesystem.<br />
* /var filesystem.<br />
* /home filesystem.<br />
* swap space.<br />
* mount points.<br />
* partitions.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.2 Install a boot manager</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to select, install and configure a boot manager.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Providing alternative boot locations and backup boot options.<br />
* Install and configure a boot loader such as GRUB Legacy.<br />
* Perform basic configuration changes for GRUB 2.<br />
* Interact with the boot loader. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /boot/grub/menu.lst, grub.cfg and other variations.<br />
* grub-install.<br />
* MBR.<br />
* superblock.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.3 Manage shared libraries</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to determine the shared libraries that executable programs depend on and install them when necessary.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Identify shared libraries.<br />
* Identify the typical locations of system libraries.<br />
* Load shared libraries. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ldd<br />
* ldconfig<br />
* /etc/ld.so.conf<br />
* LD_LIBRARY_PATH <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.4 Use Debian package management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform package management using the Debian package tools.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Install, upgrade and uninstall Debian binary packages.<br />
* Find packages containing specific files or libraries which may or may not be installed.<br />
* Obtain package information like version, content, dependencies, package integrity and installation status (whether or not the package is installed).<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/apt/sources.list<br />
* dpkg<br />
* dpkg-reconfigure<br />
* apt-get<br />
* apt-cache<br />
* aptitude <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.5 Use RPM and YUM package management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform package management using RPM and YUM tools.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Install, re-install, upgrade and remove packages using RPM and YUM.<br />
<br />
* Obtain information on RPM packages such as version, status, dependencies, integrity and signatures.<br />
* Determine what files a package provides, as well as find which package a specific file comes from. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* rpm<br />
* rpm2cpio<br />
* /etc/yum.conf<br />
* /etc/yum.repos.d/<br />
* yum<br />
* yumdownloader <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 103: GNU and Unix Commands''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.1 Work on the command line</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to interact with shells and commands using the command line. The objective assumes the bash shell.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use single shell commands and one line command sequences to perform basic tasks on the command line.<br />
* Use and modify the shell environment including defining, referencing and exporting environment variables.<br />
* Use and edit command history.<br />
* Invoke commands inside and outside the defined path. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* .<br />
* bash<br />
* echo<br />
* env<br />
* exec<br />
* export<br />
* pwd<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* man<br />
* uname<br />
* history <br />
* .bash_history<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.2 Process text streams using filters</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should should be able to apply filters to text streams. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Send text files and output streams through text utility filters to modify the output using standard UNIX commands found in the GNU textutils package. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* cat<br />
* cut<br />
* expand<br />
* fmt<br />
* head<br />
* od<br />
* join<br />
* nl<br />
* paste<br />
* pr<br />
* sed<br />
* sort<br />
* split<br />
* tail<br />
* tr<br />
* unexpand<br />
* uniq<br />
* wc <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.3 Perform basic file management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to use the basic Linux commands to manage files and directories.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Copy, move and remove files and directories individually.<br />
* Copy multiple files and directories recursively.<br />
* Remove files and directories recursively.<br />
* Use simple and advanced wildcard specifications in commands.<br />
* Using find to locate and act on files based on type, size, or time.<br />
* Usage of tar, cpio and dd. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* cp<br />
* find<br />
* mkdir<br />
* mv<br />
* ls<br />
* rm<br />
* rmdir<br />
* touch<br />
* tar<br />
* cpio<br />
* dd<br />
* file<br />
* gzip<br />
* gunzip<br />
* bzip2<br />
* file globbing <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.4 Use streams, pipes and redirects</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to redirect streams and connect them in order to efficiently process textual data. Tasks include redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error, piping the output of one command to the input of another command, using the output of one command as arguments to another command and sending output to both stdout and a file.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error.<br />
* Pipe the output of one command to the input of another command.<br />
* Use the output of one command as arguments to another command.<br />
* Send output to both stdout and a file. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* tee<br />
* xargs <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.5 Create, monitor and kill processes</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform basic process management. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Run jobs in the foreground and background.<br />
* Signal a program to continue running after logout.<br />
* Monitor active processes.<br />
* Select and sort processes for display.<br />
* Send signals to processes. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* &<br />
* bg<br />
* fg<br />
* jobs<br />
* kill<br />
* nohup<br />
* ps<br />
* top<br />
* free<br />
* uptime<br />
* killall <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.6 Modify process execution priorities</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should should be able to manage process execution priorities. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Know the default priority of a job that is created.<br />
* Run a program with higher or lower priority than the default.<br />
* Change the priority of a running process. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* nice<br />
* ps<br />
* renice<br />
* top <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.7 Search text files using regular expressions</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manipulate files and text data using regular expressions. This objective includes creating simple regular expressions containing several notational elements. It also includes using regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Create simple regular expressions containing several notational elements.<br />
* Use regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* grep<br />
* egrep<br />
* fgrep<br />
* sed<br />
* regex(7) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.8 Perform basic file editing operations using vi</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to edit text files using vi. This objective includes vi navigation, basic vi modes, inserting, editing, deleting, copying and finding text.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Navigate a document using vi.<br />
* Use basic vi modes.<br />
* Insert, edit, delete, copy and find text.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* vi<br />
* /, ?<br />
* h,j,k,l<br />
* i, o, a<br />
* c, d, p, y, dd, yy<br />
* ZZ, :w!, :q!, :e! <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 104: Devices, Linux Filesystems, Filesystem Hierarchy Standard''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.1 Create partitions and filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure disk partitions and then create filesystems on media such as hard disks. This includes the handling of swap partitions.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use various mkfs commands to set up partitions and create various filesystems such as:<br />
** ext2/ext3/ext4<br />
** xfs<br />
** reiserfs v3<br />
** vfat <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* fdisk<br />
* mkfs<br />
* mkswap <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.2 Maintain the integrity of filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to maintain a standard filesystem, as well as the extra data associated with a journaling filesystem.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Verify the integrity of filesystems.<br />
* Monitor free space and inodes.<br />
* Repair simple filesystem problems. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* du<br />
* df<br />
* fsck<br />
* e2fsck<br />
* mke2fs<br />
* debugfs<br />
* dumpe2fs<br />
* tune2fs<br />
* xfs tools (such as xfs_metadump and xfs_info) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.3 Control mounting and unmounting of filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure the mounting of a filesystem.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually mount and unmount filesystems.<br />
* Configure filesystem mounting on bootup.<br />
* Configure user mountable removable filesystems. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* /media<br />
* mount<br />
* umount <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.4 Manage disk quotas</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage disk quotas for users. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Set up a disk quota for a filesystem.<br />
* Edit, check and generate user quota reports. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* quota<br />
* edquota<br />
* repquota<br />
* quotaon <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.5 Manage file permissions and ownership</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to control file access through the proper use of permissions and ownerships. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage access permissions on regular and special files as well as directories.<br />
* Use access modes such as suid, sgid and the sticky bit to maintain security.<br />
* Know how to change the file creation mask.<br />
* Use the group field to grant file access to group members. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* chmod<br />
* umask<br />
* chown<br />
* chgrp <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.6 Create and change hard and symbolic links</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to create and manage hard and symbolic links to a file. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Create links.<br />
* Identify hard and/or soft links.<br />
* Copying versus linking files.<br />
* Use links to support system administration tasks.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ln<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.7 Find system files and place files in the correct location</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be thoroughly familiar with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS), including typical file locations and directory classifications.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Understand the correct locations of files under the FHS.<br />
* Find files and commands on a Linux system.<br />
* Know the location and purpose of important file and directories as defined in the FHS. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* locate<br />
* updatedb<br />
* whereis<br />
* which<br />
* type<br />
* /etc/updatedb.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 102==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 105: Shells, Scripting and Data Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.1 Customize and use the shell environment</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to customize shell environments to meet users' needs. Candidates should be able to modify global and user profiles.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Set environment variables (e.g. PATH) at login or when spawning a new shell.<br />
* Write BASH functions for frequently used sequences of commands.<br />
* Maintain skeleton directories for new user accounts.<br />
* Set command search path with the proper directory. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/profile<br />
* env<br />
* export<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* ~/.bash_profile<br />
* ~/.bash_login<br />
* ~/.profile<br />
* ~/.bashrc<br />
* ~/.bash_logout<br />
* function<br />
* alias<br />
* lists <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.2 Customize or write simple scripts</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to customize existing scripts, or write simple new BASH scripts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use standard sh syntax (loops, tests).<br />
* Use command substitution.<br />
* Test return values for success or failure or other information provided by a command.<br />
* Perform conditional mailing to the superuser.<br />
* Correctly select the script interpreter through the shebang (#!) line.<br />
* Manage the location, ownership, execution and suid-rights of scripts. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* for<br />
* while<br />
* test<br />
* if<br />
* read<br />
* seq <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.3 SQL data management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to query databases and manipulate data using basic SQL commands. This objective includes performing queries involving joining of 2 tables and/or subselects.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use of basic SQL commands.<br />
* Perform basic data manipulation. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* insert<br />
* update<br />
* select<br />
* delete<br />
* from<br />
* where<br />
* group by<br />
* order by<br />
* join <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 106: User Interfaces and Desktops''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.1 Install and configure X11</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to install and configure X11. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Verify that the video card and monitor are supported by an X server.<br />
* Awareness of the X font server.<br />
* Basic understanding and knowledge of the X Window configuration file. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/X11/xorg.conf<br />
* xhost<br />
* DISPLAY<br />
* xwininfo<br />
* xdpyinfo<br />
* X <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.2 Setup a display manager</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to setup and customize a display manager. This objective covers the display managers XDM (X Display Manger), GDM (Gnome Display Manager) and KDM (KDE Display Manager).<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Turn the display manager on or off.<br />
* Change the display manager greeting.<br />
* Change default color depth for the display manager.<br />
* Configure display managers for use by X-stations. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* xdm configuration files<br />
* kdm configuration files<br />
* gdm configuration files <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.3 Accessibility</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Demonstrate knowledge and awareness of accessibility technologies. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Keyboard Accessibility Settings (AccessX).<br />
* Visual Settings and Themes.<br />
* Assistive Technology (ATs).<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* Sticky/Repeat Keys.<br />
* Slow/Bounce/Toggle Keys.<br />
* Mouse Keys.<br />
* High Contrast/Large Print Desktop Themes.<br />
* Screen Reader.<br />
* Braille Display.<br />
* Screen Magnifier.<br />
* On-Screen Keyboard.<br />
* Gestures (used at login, for example gdm).<br />
* Orca.<br />
* GOK.<br />
* emacspeak.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 107: Administrative Tasks''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.1 Manage user and group accounts and related system files</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to add, remove, suspend and change user accounts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Add, modify and remove users and groups.<br />
* Manage user/group info in password/group databases.<br />
* Create and manage special purpose and limited accounts. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/group<br />
* /etc/skel<br />
* chage<br />
* groupadd<br />
* groupdel<br />
* groupmod<br />
* passwd<br />
* useradd<br />
* userdel<br />
* usermod <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.2 Automate system administration tasks by scheduling jobs</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to use cron or anacron to run jobs at regular intervals and to use at to run jobs at a specific time. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage cron and at jobs.<br />
* Configure user access to cron and at services. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/cron.{d,daily,hourly,monthly,weekly}<br />
* /etc/at.deny<br />
* /etc/at.allow<br />
* /etc/crontab<br />
* /etc/cron.allow<br />
* /etc/cron.deny<br />
* /var/spool/cron/*<br />
* crontab<br />
* at<br />
* atq<br />
* atrm <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.3 Localisation and internationalisation</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to localize a system in a different language than English. As well, an understanding of why LANG=C is useful when scripting.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Locale settings.<br />
* Timezone settings.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* Environment variables:<br />
** LC_*<br />
** LC_ALL<br />
** LANG<br />
** TZ<br />
* /usr/bin/locale<br />
* tzselect<br />
* tzconfig<br />
* date<br />
* iconv<br />
* UTF-8<br />
* ISO-8859<br />
* ASCII<br />
* Unicode <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 108: Essential System Services''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.1 Maintain system time</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to properly maintain the system time and synchronize the clock via NTP.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Set the system date and time.<br />
* Set the hardware clock to the correct time in UTC.<br />
* Configure the correct timezone.<br />
* Basic NTP configuration.<br />
* Knowledge of using the pool.ntp.org service.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /etc/ntp.conf<br />
* date<br />
* hwclock<br />
* ntpd<br />
* ntpdate<br />
* pool.ntp.org <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.2 System logging</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure the syslog daemon. This objective also includes configuring the logging daemon to send log output to a central log server or accept log output as a central log server.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* syslog configuration files.<br />
* syslog.<br />
* standard facilities, priorities and actions.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* syslog.conf<br />
* syslogd<br />
* klogd<br />
* logger <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.3 Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) basics</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be aware of the commonly available MTA programs and be able to perform basic forward and alias configuration on a client host. Other configuration files are not covered.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Create e-mail aliases.<br />
* Configure e-mail forwarding.<br />
* Knowledge of commonly available MTA programs (postfix, sendmail, qmail, exim) (no configuration) <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ~/.forward<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
* newaliases<br />
* mail<br />
* mailq<br />
* postfix<br />
* sendmail<br />
* exim<br />
* qmail <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.4 Manage printers and printing</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage print queues and user print jobs using CUPS and the LPD compatibility interface. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Basic CUPS configuration (for local and remote printers).<br />
* Manage user print queues.<br />
* Troubleshoot general printing problems.<br />
* Add and remove jobs from configured printer queues. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* CUPS configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* /etc/cups<br />
* lpd legacy interface (lpr, lprm, lpq) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 109: Networking Fundamentals''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.1 Fundamentals of internet protocols</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should demonstrate a proper understanding of TCP/IP network fundamentals. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Demonstrate an understanding network masks.<br />
* Knowledge of the differences between private and public "dotted quad" IP-Addresses.<br />
* Setting a default route.<br />
* Knowledge about common TCP and UDP ports (20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 53, 80, 110, 119, 139, 143, 161, 443, 465, 993, 995).<br />
* Knowledge about the differences and major features of UDP, TCP and ICMP.<br />
* Knowledge of the major differences between IPv4 and IPv6. <br />
* Knowledge of the basic features of IPv6.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/services<br />
* ftp<br />
* telnet<br />
* host<br />
* ping<br />
* dig<br />
* traceroute<br />
* tracepath <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.2 Basic network configuration</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to view, change and verify configuration settings on client hosts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces.<br />
* Basic TCP/IP host configuration.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hostname<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* ping <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.3 Basic network troubleshooting</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to troubleshoot networking issues on client hosts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces and routing tables to include adding, starting, stopping, restarting, deleting or reconfiguring network interfaces.<br />
* Change, view, or configure the routing table and correct an improperly set default route manually.<br />
* Debug problems associated with the network configuration. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* host<br />
* hostname<br />
* dig<br />
* netstat<br />
* ping<br />
* traceroute <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.4 Configure client side DNS</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure DNS on a client host. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Demonstrate the use of DNS on the local system.<br />
* Modify the order in which name resolution is done. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 110: Security''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.1 Perform security administration tasks</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should know how to review system configuration to ensure host security in accordance with local security policies. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Audit a system to find files with the suid/sgid bit set.<br />
* Set or change user passwords and password aging information.<br />
* Being able to use nmap and netstat to discover open ports on a system.<br />
* Set up limits on user logins, processes and memory usage.<br />
* Basic sudo configuration and usage. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* passwd<br />
* lsof<br />
* nmap<br />
* chage<br />
* netstat<br />
* sudo<br />
* /etc/sudoers<br />
* su<br />
* usermod<br />
* ulimit <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.2 Setup host security</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" |<br />
<br />
Candidates should know how to set up a basic level of host security. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Awareness of shadow passwords and how they work.<br />
* Turn off network services not in use.<br />
* Understand the role of TCP wrappers. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/nologin<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/xinetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/xinetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/inetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/init.d/*<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow<br />
* /etc/hosts.deny <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.3 Securing data with encryption</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
The candidate should be able to use public key techniques to secure data and communication.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Perform basic OpenSSH 2 client configuration and usage.<br />
* Understand the role of OpenSSH 2 server host keys.<br />
* Perform basic GnuPG configuration, usage and revocation.<br />
* Understand SSH port tunnels (including X11 tunnels).<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ssh<br />
* ssh-keygen<br />
* ssh-agent<br />
* ssh-add<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_rsa and id_rsa.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_dsa and id_dsa.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key and ssh_host_rsa_key.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key and ssh_host_dsa_key.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/authorized_keys<br />
* /etc/ssh_known_hosts<br />
* gpg<br />
* ~/.gnupg/*<br />
<br />
<br />
==Future Change Considerations==<br />
<br />
Future changes to the objective will/may include:<br />
<br />
* update syslog to include (or be replaced by) rsyslog and/or syslog-ng<br />
* add knowledge of GNU Screen (seems more usefull than nohup). Tmux is another option<br />
* include monitoring commands: who, w, last, lastb, lastlog<br />
* update 107.2 to include anacron<br />
* include another monitoring command : watch<br />
* LightDM as alternative to xdm (and others)<br />
* logrotate et al<br />
<br />
<br />
</div></div>
Tolstoy
https://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-2_Objectives(Persian)&diff=2822
LPIC-2 Objectives(Persian)
2014-02-11T13:53:27Z
<p>Tolstoy: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
<div dir="rtl" class="mw-content-rtl"><br />
<br />
==Overview of Tasks==<br />
<br />
These are required exams for LPI certification Level 2. It covers advanced skills for the Linux professional that are common across all distributions of Linux. Also, [[LPIC-1_Objectives|LPIC-1]] must be obtained in order to receive the certification. Exams may be taken in any order but all<br />
of the requirements must be met.<br />
<br />
To pass LPIC-2, the candidate should be able to:<br />
<br />
* Administer a small to medium-sized site.<br />
* Plan, implement, maintain, keep consistent, secure, and troubleshoot a small mixed (MS, Linux) network, including a:<br />
** LAN server (Samba, NFS, DNS, DHCP, client management).<br />
** Internet Gateway (firewall, VPN, SSH, web cache/proxy, mail).<br />
** Internet Server (web server and reverse proxy, FTP server).<br />
* Supervise assistants.<br />
* Advise management on automation and purchases.<br />
<br />
<br /><br /><br />
<br />
==Version Information==<br />
<br />
These objectives are version 4.0.0. This version is to go live on Nov 1, 2013.<br />
<br />
This is also a [[LPIC2AndLPIC3SummaryVersion3To4|summary and detailed information]] on the changes from version 3.5.x to 4.0.0 of the objectives.<br />
<br />
The [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V3|version 3.x of the LPIC-2 Objectives]] are still online.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
<br />
==Exams==<br />
<br />
In order to be certified [[LPIC-2]], the candidate must pass both the [[LPIC-2_101_v4_|201]] and [[LPIC-2_202_v4_0|202]] exams and be a holder of an active [[LPIC-1]] certification.<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_201_v4_0|201]]<br />
* [[LPIC-2_202_v4_0|202]]<br />
<br />
<br />
==Addenda==<br />
<br />
===''Clarification Addendum (Nov 1st, 2013)''===<br />
<br />
* changed htgroup to AuthGroupFile and AuthUserFile<br />
<br />
<br />
===''Version Update (Nov 1st, 2013)''===<br />
<br />
* updated to version 4.0.0<br />
<br />
<br /><br /><br />
<br />
==Translations of Objectives==<br />
<br />
The following translations of the objectives are available on this wiki:<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V4|English]]<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V4(ES)|Spanish]]<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V4(FR)|French]]<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V4(DE)|German]]<br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 201==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 200: Capacity Planning''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">200.1 Measure and Troubleshoot Resource Usage (وزن: 6)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 6<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to measure hardware resource and network bandwidth, identify and troubleshoot resource problems.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Measure CPU usage.<br />
<br />
* Measure memory usage.<br />
<br />
* Measure disk I/O.<br />
<br />
* Measure network I/O.<br />
<br />
* Measure firewalling and routing throughput.<br />
<br />
* Map client bandwidth usage.<br />
<br />
* Match / correlate system symptoms with likely problems.<br />
<br />
* Estimate throughput and identify bottlenecks in a system including networking.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* iostat<br />
<br />
* vmstat<br />
<br />
* netstat<br />
<br />
* pstree, ps<br />
<br />
* w<br />
<br />
* lsof<br />
<br />
* top<br />
<br />
* uptime<br />
<br />
* sar <br />
<br />
* swap<br />
<br />
* processes blocked on I/O<br />
<br />
* blocks in<br />
<br />
* blocks out <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">200.2 Predict Future Resource Needs (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to monitor resource usage to predict future resource needs.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use collectd to monitor IT infrastructure usage.<br />
<br />
* Predict capacity break point of a configuration.<br />
<br />
* Observe growth rate of capacity usage.<br />
<br />
* Graph the trend of capacity usage.<br />
<br />
* Awareness of monitoring solutions such as Nagios, MRTG and Cacti<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* diagnose<br />
<br />
* predict growth<br />
<br />
* resource exhaustion<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 201: Linux Kernel''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.1 Kernel components (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to utilise kernel components that are necessary to specific hardware, hardware drivers, system resources and requirements. This objective includes implementing different types of kernel images, understanding stable and longterm kernels and patches, as well as using kernel modules.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Kernel 2.6.x documentation<br />
<br />
* Kernel 3.x documentation<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است: '''<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/linux<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/linux/Documentation<br />
<br />
* zImage<br />
<br />
* bzImage <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.2 Compiling a Linux kernel (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly configure a kernel to include or disable specific features of the Linux kernel as necessary. This objective includes compiling and recompiling the Linux kernel as needed, updating and noting changes in a new kernel, creating an initrd image and installing new kernels.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/linux/<br />
<br />
* Kernel Makefiles<br />
<br />
* Kernel 2.6.x/3.x make targets <br />
<br />
* Customize the current kernel configuration.<br />
<br />
* Build a new kernel and appropriate kernel modules.<br />
<br />
* Install a new kernel and any modules.<br />
<br />
* Ensure that the boot manager can locate the new kernel and associated files.<br />
<br />
* Module configuration files <br />
<br />
* Awareness of dracut<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* mkinitrd<br />
<br />
* mkinitramfs<br />
<br />
* make<br />
<br />
* make targets (all, config, xconfig, menuconfig, gconfig, oldconfig, mrproper, zImage, bzImage, modules, modules_install, rpm-pkg, binrpm-pkg, deb-pkg) <br />
<br />
* gzip<br />
<br />
* bzip2 <br />
<br />
* module tools<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/linux/.config<br />
<br />
* /lib/modules/kernel-version/*<br />
<br />
* depmod<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.3 Kernel runtime management and troubleshooting (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage and/or query a 2.6.x or 3.x kernel and its loadable modules. Candidates should be able to identify and correct common boot and run time issues. Candidates should understand device detection and management using udev. This objective includes troubleshooting udev rules. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use command-line utilities to get information about the currently running kernel and kernel modules.<br />
<br />
* Manually load and unload kernel modules.<br />
<br />
* Determine when modules can be unloaded.<br />
<br />
* Determine what parameters a module accepts.<br />
<br />
* Configure the system to load modules by names other than their file name. <br />
<br />
* /proc filesystem<br />
<br />
* Content of /, /boot , and /lib/modules<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to analyse information about the available hardware<br />
<br />
* udev rules<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /lib/modules/kernel-version/modules.dep<br />
<br />
* module configuration files in /etc<br />
<br />
* /proc/sys/kernel/<br />
<br />
* /sbin/depmod<br />
<br />
* /sbin/rmmod<br />
<br />
* /sbin/modinfo<br />
<br />
* /bin/dmesg<br />
<br />
* /sbin/lspci<br />
<br />
* /usr/bin/lsdev<br />
<br />
* /sbin/lsmod<br />
<br />
* /sbin/modprobe<br />
<br />
* /sbin/insmod<br />
<br />
* /bin/uname<br />
<br />
* /usr/bin/lsusb <br />
<br />
* /etc/sysctl.conf, /etc/sysctl.d/<br />
<br />
* /sbin/sysctl <br />
<br />
* udevmonitor<br />
<br />
* udevadm monitor<br />
<br />
* /etc/udev <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 202: System Startup''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">202.1 Customising SysV-init system startup (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to query and modify the behaviour of system services at various run levels. A thorough understanding of the init structure and boot process is required. This objective includes interacting with run levels.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Linux Standard Base Specification (LSB) <br />
<br />
* SysV init environment<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
<br />
* /etc/init.d/<br />
<br />
* /etc/rc.d/<br />
<br />
* chkconfig<br />
<br />
* update-rc.d<br />
<br />
* init and telinit<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">202.2 System recovery (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly manipulate a Linux system during both the boot process and during recovery mode. This objective includes using both the init utility and init-related kernel options. Candidates should be able to determine the cause of errors in loading and usage of bootloaders. GRUB version 2 and GRUB Legacy are the bootloaders of interest.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* GRUB version 2 and Legacy<br />
<br />
* grub shell <br />
<br />
* boot loader start and hand off to kernel<br />
<br />
* kernel loading<br />
<br />
* hardware initialisation and setup<br />
<br />
* daemon/service initialisation and setup<br />
<br />
* Know the different boot loader install locations on a hard disk or removable device<br />
<br />
* Overwriting standard boot loader options and using boot loader shells <br />
<br />
* Awareness of UEFI<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* mount<br />
<br />
* fsck<br />
<br />
* inittab, telinit and init with SysV init<br />
<br />
* The contents of /boot/ and /boot/grub/<br />
<br />
* GRUB<br />
<br />
* grub-install<br />
<br />
* initrd, initramfs<br />
<br />
* Master boot record<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">202.3 Alternate Bootloaders (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be aware of other bootloaders and their major features.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* LILO<br />
<br />
* SYSLINUX, ISOLINUX, PXELINUX<br />
<br />
* Understanding of PXE<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* lilo, /etc/lilo.conf<br />
<br />
* syslinux<br />
<br />
* extlinux<br />
<br />
* isolinux.bin<br />
<br />
* isolinux.cfg<br />
<br />
* pxelinux.0<br />
<br />
* pxelinux.cfg/*<br />
<br />
<br/><br />
<br/><br />
<br />
===''Topic 203: Filesystem and Devices''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.1 Operating the Linux filesystem (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly configure and navigate the standard Linux filesystem. This objective includes configuring and mounting various filesystem types.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* The concept of the fstab configuration<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities for handling SWAP partitions and files<br />
<br />
* Use of UUIDs for identifying and mounting file systems<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
<br />
* /etc/mtab<br />
<br />
* /proc/mounts<br />
<br />
* mount and umount<br />
<br />
* blkid<br />
<br />
* sync<br />
<br />
* swapon<br />
<br />
* swapoff <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.2 Maintaining a Linux filesystem (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly maintain a Linux filesystem using system utilities. This objective includes manipulating standard filesystems and monitoring SMART devices.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate and ext2, ext3 and ext4<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate xfs <br />
<br />
* Awareness of Btrfs<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* fsck (fsck.*)<br />
<br />
* mkfs (mkfs.*)<br />
<br />
* dumpe2fs, xfsdump, xfsrestore<br />
<br />
* debugfs<br />
<br />
* tune2fs<br />
<br />
* mkswap<br />
<br />
* xfs_info, xfs_check and xfs_repair <br />
<br />
* smartd, smartctl<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.3 Creating and configuring filesystem options (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure automount filesystems using AutoFS. This objective includes configuring automount for network and device filesystems. Also included is creating filesystems for devices such as CD-ROMs and a basic feature knowledge of encrypted filesystems.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* autofs configuration files<br />
<br />
* UDF and ISO9660 tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* awareness of CD-ROM filesystems (UDF, ISO9660, HFS)<br />
<br />
* awareness of CD-ROM filesystem extensions (Joliet, Rock Ridge, El Torito) <br />
<br />
* basic feature knowledge of encrypted filesystems<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/auto.master<br />
<br />
* /etc/auto.[dir]<br />
<br />
* mkisofs<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 204: Advanced Storage Device Administration''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.1 Configuring RAID (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure and implement software RAID. This objective includes using and configuring RAID 0, 1 and 5.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Software RAID configuration files and utilities <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* mdadm.conf<br />
<br />
* mdadm<br />
<br />
* /proc/mdstat<br />
<br />
* partition type 0xFD <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.2 Adjusting Storage Device Access (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure kernel options to support various drives. This objective includes software tools to view & modify hard disk settings including iSCSI devices.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to configure DMA for IDE devices including ATAPI and SATA<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate or analyse system resources (e.g. interrupts)<br />
<br />
* Awareness of sdparm command and its uses <br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities for iSCSI<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* hdparm, sdparm<br />
<br />
* tune2fs<br />
<br />
* sysctl<br />
<br />
* /dev/hd*, /dev/sd* <br />
<br />
* iscsiadm, scsi_id, iscsid and iscsid.conf<br />
<br />
* WWID, WWN, LUN numbers<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.3 Logical Volume Manager (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create and remove logical volumes, volume groups, and physical volumes. This objective includes snapshots and resizing logical volumes.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Tools in the LVM suite<br />
<br />
* Resizing, renaming, creating, and removing logical volumes, volume groups, and physical volumes<br />
<br />
* Creating and maintaining snapshots<br />
<br />
* Activating volume groups <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sbin/pv*<br />
<br />
* /sbin/lv*<br />
<br />
* /sbin/vg*<br />
<br />
* mount<br />
<br />
* /dev/mapper/ <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 205: Networking Configuration''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.1 Basic networking configuration (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a network device to be able to connect to a local, wired or wireless, and a wide-area network. This objective includes being able to communicate between various subnets within a single network including both IPv4 and IPv6 networks.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
<br />
* Configuring basic access to wireless networks with iw, iwconfig and iwlist<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ip<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/arp<br />
<br />
* /sbin/iwconfig<br />
<br />
* /sbin/iwlist<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.2 Advanced Network Configuration (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a network device to implement various network authentication schemes. This objective includes configuring a multi-homed network device and resolving communication problems.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Utilities to manipulate routing tables<br />
<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
<br />
* Utilities to analyse the status of the network devices<br />
<br />
* Utilities to monitor and analyse the TCP/IP traffic<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
<br />
* /bin/netstat<br />
<br />
* /bin/ping<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/arp<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/tcpdump<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/lsof<br />
<br />
* /usr/bin/nc<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ip<br />
<br />
* nmap<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.3 Troubleshooting network issues (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to identify and correct common network setup issues, to include knowledge of locations for basic configuration files and commands.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Location and content of access restriction files<br />
<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
<br />
* Utilities to manage routing tables<br />
<br />
* Utilities to list network states.<br />
<br />
* Utilities to gain information about the network configuration<br />
<br />
* Methods of information about the recognised and used hardware devices<br />
<br />
* System initialisation files and their contents (SysV init process)<br />
<br />
* Awareness of NetworkManager and its impact on network configuration<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
<br />
* /bin/netstat<br />
<br />
* /etc/network, /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/<br />
<br />
* System log files such as /var/log/syslog & /var/log/messages<br />
<br />
* /bin/ping<br />
<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
<br />
* /etc/hostname, /etc/HOSTNAME<br />
<br />
* /bin/hostname<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/traceroute<br />
<br />
* /bin/dmesg<br />
<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow, /etc/hosts.deny<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 206: System Maintenance''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">206.1 Make and install programs from source (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to build and install an executable program from source. This objective includes being able to unpack a file of sources.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Unpack source code using common compression and archive utilities.<br />
<br />
* Understand basics of invoking make to compile programs.<br />
<br />
* Apply parameters to a configure script.<br />
<br />
* Know where sources are stored by default. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/<br />
<br />
* gunzip<br />
<br />
* gzip<br />
<br />
* bzip2<br />
<br />
* tar<br />
<br />
* configure<br />
<br />
* make<br />
<br />
* uname<br />
<br />
* install <br />
<br />
* patch<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">206.2 Backup operations (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to use system tools to back up important system data. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Knowledge about directories that have to be include in backups<br />
<br />
* Awareness of network backup solutions such as Amanda, Bacula and BackupPC<br />
<br />
* Knowledge of the benefits and drawbacks of tapes, CDR, disk or other backup media<br />
<br />
* Perform partial and manual backups.<br />
<br />
* Verify the integrity of backup files.<br />
<br />
* Partially or fully restore backups. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /bin/sh<br />
<br />
* dd<br />
<br />
* tar<br />
<br />
* /dev/st* and /dev/nst*<br />
<br />
* mt<br />
<br />
* rsync <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">206.3 Notify users on system-related issues (وزن: 1)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to notify the users about current issues related to the system. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Automate communication with users through logon messages.<br />
<br />
* Inform active users of system maintenance <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/issue<br />
<br />
* /etc/issue.net<br />
<br />
* /etc/motd<br />
<br />
* wall<br />
<br />
* /sbin/shutdown <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 202==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 207: Domain Name Server''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.1 Basic DNS server configuration (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure BIND to function as a caching-only DNS server. This objective includes the ability to managing a running server and configuring logging.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* BIND 9.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Defining the location of the BIND zone files in BIND configuration files<br />
<br />
* Reloading modified configuration and zone files <br />
<br />
* Awareness of dnsmasq, djbdns and PowerDNS as alternate name servers<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/named.conf<br />
<br />
* /var/named/*<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/rndc<br />
<br />
* kill <br />
<br />
* host<br />
<br />
* dig<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.2 Create and maintain DNS zones (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create a zone file for a forward or reverse zone and hints for root level servers. This objective includes setting appropriate values for records, adding hosts in zones and adding zones to the DNS. A candidate should also be able to delegate zones to another DNS server.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* BIND 9 configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Utilities to request information from the DNS server<br />
<br />
* Layout, content and file location of the BIND zone files<br />
<br />
* Various methods to add a new host in the zone files, including reverse zones <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /var/named/*<br />
<br />
* zone file syntax<br />
<br />
* resource record formats<br />
<br />
* dig<br />
<br />
* nslookup<br />
<br />
* host <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.3 Securing a DNS server (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a DNS server to run as a non-root user and run in a chroot jail. This objective includes secure exchange of data between DNS servers.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* BIND 9 configuration files<br />
<br />
* Configuring BIND to run in a chroot jail<br />
<br />
* Split configuration of BIND using the forwarders statement <br />
<br />
* Configuring and using transaction signatures (TSIG)<br />
<br />
* Awareness of DNSSEC and basic tools<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/named.conf<br />
<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
<br />
* DNSSEC<br />
<br />
* dnssec-keygen <br />
<br />
* dnssec-signzone<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 208: Web Services''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.1 Basic Apache configuration (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure a web server. This objective includes monitoring the server's load and performance, restricting client user access, configuring support for scripting languages as modules and setting up client user authentication. Also included is configuring server options to restrict usage of resources. Candidates should be able to configure a web server to use virtual hosts and customise file access. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Apache 2.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Apache log files configuration and content<br />
<br />
* Access restriction methods and files<br />
<br />
* mod_perl and PHP configuration<br />
<br />
* Client user authentication files and utilities<br />
<br />
* Configuration of maximum requests, minimum and maximum servers and clients <br />
<br />
* Apache 2.x virtual host implementation (with and without dedicated IP addresses)<br />
<br />
* Using redirect statements in Apache's configuration files to customise file access <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* access logs and error logs<br />
<br />
* .htaccess<br />
<br />
* httpd.conf<br />
<br />
* mod_auth<br />
<br />
* htpasswd<br />
<br />
* AuthUserFile, AuthGroupFile<br />
<br />
* apache2ctl<br />
<br />
* httpd <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.2 Apache configuration for HTTPS (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a web server to provide HTTPS. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* SSL configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Ability to generate a server private key and CSR for a commercial CA<br />
<br />
* Ability to generate a self-signed Certificate from private CA<br />
<br />
* Ability to install the key and Certificate<br />
<br />
* Awareness of the issues with Virtual Hosting and use of SSL<br />
<br />
* Security issues in SSL use<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* Apache2 configuration files<br />
<br />
* /etc/ssl/*, /etc/pki/*<br />
<br />
* openssl, CA.pl<br />
<br />
* SSLEngine, SSLCertificateKeyFile, SSLCertificateFile, SSLCertificateChainFile<br />
<br />
* SSLCACertificateFile, SSLCACertificatePath<br />
<br />
* SSLProtocol, SSLCipherSuite, ServerTokens, ServerSignature, TraceEnable<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.3 Implementing Squid as a caching proxy (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure a proxy server, including access policies, authentication and resource usage.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Squid 3.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Access restriction methods<br />
<br />
* Client user authentication methods<br />
<br />
* Layout and content of ACL in the Squid configuration files <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* squid.conf<br />
<br />
* acl<br />
<br />
* http_access <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.4 Implementing Nginx as a web server and a reverse proxy (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure a reverse proxy server, Nginx. Basic configuration of Nginx as a HTTP server is included. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Nginx<br />
<br />
* Reverse Proxy<br />
<br />
* Basic Web Server<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/nginx/<br />
<br />
* nginx<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 209: File Sharing''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">209.1 Samba Server Configuration (وزن: 5)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to set up a SAMBA server for various clients. This objective includes setting up Samba for login clients and setting up the workgroup in which a server participates and defining shared directories and printers. Also covered is a configuring a Linux client to use a Samba server. Troubleshooting installations is also tested. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Samba version 3 documentation<br />
<br />
* Samba configuration files<br />
<br />
* Samba tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Mounting Samba shares on Linux<br />
<br />
* Samba daemons<br />
<br />
* Mapping Windows user names to Linux user names<br />
<br />
* User-Level and Share-Level security <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* smbd, nmbd<br />
<br />
* smbstatus, testparm, smbpasswd, nmblookup<br />
<br />
* smbclient<br />
<br />
* net<br />
<br />
* /etc/smb/*<br />
<br />
* /var/log/samba/ <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">209.2 NFS Server Configuration (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to export filesystems using NFS. This objective includes access restrictions, mounting an NFS filesystem on a client and securing NFS.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* NFS version 3 configuration files<br />
<br />
* NFS tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Access restrictions to certain hosts and/or subnets<br />
<br />
* Mount options on server and client<br />
<br />
* TCP Wrappers <br />
<br />
* Awareness of NFSv4<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/exports<br />
<br />
* exportfs<br />
<br />
* showmount<br />
<br />
* nfsstat<br />
<br />
* /proc/mounts<br />
<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
<br />
* rpcinfo<br />
<br />
* mountd<br />
<br />
* portmapper<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 210: Network Client Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.1 DHCP configuration (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a DHCP server. This objective includes setting default and per client options, adding static hosts and BOOTP hosts. Also included is configuring a DHCP relay agent and maintaining the DHCP server.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* DHCP configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Subnet and dynamically-allocated range setup <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* dhcpd.conf<br />
<br />
* dhcpd.leases<br />
<br />
* /var/log/daemon.log and /var/log/messages<br />
<br />
* arp<br />
<br />
* dhcpd <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.2 PAM authentication (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | The candidate should be able to configure PAM to support authentication using various available methods. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* PAM configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* passwd and shadow passwords <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/pam.d<br />
<br />
* pam.conf<br />
<br />
* nsswitch.conf<br />
<br />
* pam_unix, pam_cracklib, pam_limits, pam_listfile <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.3 LDAP client usage (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to perform queries and updates to an LDAP server. Also included is importing and adding items, as well as adding and managing users.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* LDAP utilities for data management and queries<br />
<br />
* Change user passwords<br />
<br />
* Querying the LDAP directory <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ldapsearch<br />
<br />
* ldappasswd<br />
<br />
* ldapadd<br />
<br />
* ldapdelete <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.4 Configuring an OpenLDAP server (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a basic OpenLDAP server including knowledge of LDIF format and essential access controls. An understanding of the role of SSSD in authentication and identity management is included.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* OpenLDAP<br />
<br />
* Access Control<br />
<br />
* Distinguished Names<br />
<br />
* Changetype Operations<br />
<br />
* Schemas and Whitepages<br />
<br />
* Directories<br />
<br />
* Object IDs, Attributes and Classes<br />
<br />
* Awareness of System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* slapd<br />
<br />
* slapd.conf<br />
<br />
* LDIF<br />
<br />
* slapadd<br />
<br />
* slapcat<br />
<br />
* slapindex<br />
<br />
* /var/lib/ldap/* <br />
<br />
* loglevel<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 211: E-Mail Services''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.1 Using e-mail servers (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage an e-mail server, including the configuration of e-mail aliases, e-mail quotas and virtual e-mail domains. This objective includes configuring internal e-mail relays and monitoring e-mail servers.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Configuration files for postfix<br />
<br />
* Basic knowledge of the SMTP protocol<br />
<br />
* Awareness of sendmail and exim <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* Configuration files and commands for postfix<br />
<br />
* /etc/postfix/*<br />
<br />
* /var/spool/postfix<br />
<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
<br />
* /etc/aliases<br />
<br />
* mail-related logs in /var/log/ <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.2 Managing Local E-Mail Delivery (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to implement client e-mail management software to filter, sort and monitor incoming user e-mail. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* procmail configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Usage of procmail on both server and client side <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ~/.procmailrc<br />
<br />
* /etc/procmailrc<br />
<br />
* procmail<br />
<br />
* mbox and Maildir formats <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.3 Managing Remote E-Mail Delivery (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure POP and IMAP daemons. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Courier IMAP and Courier POP configuration<br />
<br />
* Dovecot configuration <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/courier/*<br />
<br />
* dovecot.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 212: System Security''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.1 Configuring a router (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a system to perform network address translation (NAT, IP masquerading) and state its significance in protecting a network. This objective includes configuring port redirection, managing filter rules and averting attacks.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* iptables configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Tools, commands and utilities to manage routing tables.<br />
<br />
* Private address ranges<br />
<br />
* Port redirection and IP forwarding<br />
<br />
* List and write filtering and rules that accept or block datagrams based on source or destination protocol, port and address<br />
<br />
* Save and reload filtering configurations <br />
<br />
* Awareness of ip6tables and filtering<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /proc/sys/net/ipv4<br />
<br />
* /etc/services<br />
<br />
* iptables <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.2 Managing FTP servers (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure an FTP server for anonymous downloads and uploads. This objective includes precautions to be taken if anonymous uploads are permitted and configuring user access.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Configuration files, tools and utilities for Pure-FTPd and vsftpd<br />
<br />
* Awareness of ProFTPd<br />
<br />
* Understanding of passive vs. active FTP connections <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* vsftpd.conf<br />
<br />
* important Pure-FTPd command line options <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.3 Secure shell (SSH) (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure and secure an SSH daemon. This objective includes managing keys and configuring SSH for users. Candidates should also be able to forward an application protocol over SSH and manage the SSH login.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* OpenSSH configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Login restrictions for the superuser and the normal users<br />
<br />
* Managing and using server and client keys to login with and without password<br />
<br />
* Usage of multiple connections from multiple hosts to guard against loss of connection to remote host following configuration changes <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ssh<br />
<br />
* sshd<br />
<br />
* /etc/ssh/sshd_config<br />
<br />
* /etc/ssh/*<br />
<br />
* Private and public key files<br />
<br />
* PermitRootLogin, PubKeyAuthentication, AllowUsers, PasswordAuthentication, Protocol <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.4 Security tasks (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to receive security alerts from various sources, install, configure and run intrusion detection systems and apply security patches and bugfixes.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to scan and test ports on a server<br />
<br />
* Locations and organisations that report security alerts as Bugtraq, CERT, CIAC or other sources<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to implement an intrusion detection system (IDS)<br />
<br />
* Awareness of OpenVAS and Snort<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* telnet<br />
<br />
* nmap<br />
<br />
* fail2ban<br />
<br />
* nc<br />
<br />
* iptables <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.5 OpenVPN (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a VPN (Virtual Private Network) and create secure point-to-point or site-to-site connections.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* OpenVPN <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اصطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/openvpn/*<br />
<br />
* openvpn<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Future Change Considerations==<br />
<br />
Future changes to the objective will/may include:<br />
<br />
* EFI shell, gdisk, parted not included. More appropriate in LPIC-1 update.<br />
<br />
* lighttpd would have been too much coverage of web services. Perhaps reduce Apache next revision to make room.<br />
<br />
* host level IDS (tripwire, AIDE, etc) to be covered in future LPIC-1.<br />
<br />
* sieve and maildrop to be considered in a future update.<br />
<br />
* SAN, AoE, and FCoE to be considered in a future update.<br />
<br />
* encrypted file systems are covered in-depth in LPI-303 exam.<br />
<br />
</div></div>
Tolstoy
https://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-2_Objectives(Persian)&diff=2821
LPIC-2 Objectives(Persian)
2014-02-11T13:51:37Z
<p>Tolstoy: start translation</p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
<div dir="rtl" class="mw-content-rtl"><br />
<br />
==Overview of Tasks==<br />
<br />
These are required exams for LPI certification Level 2. It covers advanced skills for the Linux professional that are common across all distributions of Linux. Also, [[LPIC-1_Objectives|LPIC-1]] must be obtained in order to receive the certification. Exams may be taken in any order but all<br />
of the requirements must be met.<br />
<br />
To pass LPIC-2, the candidate should be able to:<br />
<br />
* Administer a small to medium-sized site.<br />
* Plan, implement, maintain, keep consistent, secure, and troubleshoot a small mixed (MS, Linux) network, including a:<br />
** LAN server (Samba, NFS, DNS, DHCP, client management).<br />
** Internet Gateway (firewall, VPN, SSH, web cache/proxy, mail).<br />
** Internet Server (web server and reverse proxy, FTP server).<br />
* Supervise assistants.<br />
* Advise management on automation and purchases.<br />
<br />
<br /><br /><br />
<br />
==Version Information==<br />
<br />
These objectives are version 4.0.0. This version is to go live on Nov 1, 2013.<br />
<br />
This is also a [[LPIC2AndLPIC3SummaryVersion3To4|summary and detailed information]] on the changes from version 3.5.x to 4.0.0 of the objectives.<br />
<br />
The [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V3|version 3.x of the LPIC-2 Objectives]] are still online.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
<br />
==Exams==<br />
<br />
In order to be certified [[LPIC-2]], the candidate must pass both the [[LPIC-2_101_v4_|201]] and [[LPIC-2_202_v4_0|202]] exams and be a holder of an active [[LPIC-1]] certification.<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_201_v4_0|201]]<br />
* [[LPIC-2_202_v4_0|202]]<br />
<br />
<br />
==Addenda==<br />
<br />
===''Clarification Addendum (Nov 1st, 2013)''===<br />
<br />
* changed htgroup to AuthGroupFile and AuthUserFile<br />
<br />
<br />
===''Version Update (Nov 1st, 2013)''===<br />
<br />
* updated to version 4.0.0<br />
<br />
<br /><br /><br />
<br />
==Translations of Objectives==<br />
<br />
The following translations of the objectives are available on this wiki:<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V4|English]]<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V4(ES)|Spanish]]<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V4(FR)|French]]<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-2_Objectives_V4(DE)|German]]<br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 201==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 200: Capacity Planning''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">200.1 Measure and Troubleshoot Resource Usage (وزن: 6)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 6<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to measure hardware resource and network bandwidth, identify and troubleshoot resource problems.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Measure CPU usage.<br />
<br />
* Measure memory usage.<br />
<br />
* Measure disk I/O.<br />
<br />
* Measure network I/O.<br />
<br />
* Measure firewalling and routing throughput.<br />
<br />
* Map client bandwidth usage.<br />
<br />
* Match / correlate system symptoms with likely problems.<br />
<br />
* Estimate throughput and identify bottlenecks in a system including networking.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* iostat<br />
<br />
* vmstat<br />
<br />
* netstat<br />
<br />
* pstree, ps<br />
<br />
* w<br />
<br />
* lsof<br />
<br />
* top<br />
<br />
* uptime<br />
<br />
* sar <br />
<br />
* swap<br />
<br />
* processes blocked on I/O<br />
<br />
* blocks in<br />
<br />
* blocks out <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">200.2 Predict Future Resource Needs (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to monitor resource usage to predict future resource needs.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use collectd to monitor IT infrastructure usage.<br />
<br />
* Predict capacity break point of a configuration.<br />
<br />
* Observe growth rate of capacity usage.<br />
<br />
* Graph the trend of capacity usage.<br />
<br />
* Awareness of monitoring solutions such as Nagios, MRTG and Cacti<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* diagnose<br />
<br />
* predict growth<br />
<br />
* resource exhaustion<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 201: Linux Kernel''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.1 Kernel components (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to utilise kernel components that are necessary to specific hardware, hardware drivers, system resources and requirements. This objective includes implementing different types of kernel images, understanding stable and longterm kernels and patches, as well as using kernel modules.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Kernel 2.6.x documentation<br />
<br />
* Kernel 3.x documentation<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است: '''<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/linux<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/linux/Documentation<br />
<br />
* zImage<br />
<br />
* bzImage <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.2 Compiling a Linux kernel (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly configure a kernel to include or disable specific features of the Linux kernel as necessary. This objective includes compiling and recompiling the Linux kernel as needed, updating and noting changes in a new kernel, creating an initrd image and installing new kernels.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/linux/<br />
<br />
* Kernel Makefiles<br />
<br />
* Kernel 2.6.x/3.x make targets <br />
<br />
* Customize the current kernel configuration.<br />
<br />
* Build a new kernel and appropriate kernel modules.<br />
<br />
* Install a new kernel and any modules.<br />
<br />
* Ensure that the boot manager can locate the new kernel and associated files.<br />
<br />
* Module configuration files <br />
<br />
* Awareness of dracut<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* mkinitrd<br />
<br />
* mkinitramfs<br />
<br />
* make<br />
<br />
* make targets (all, config, xconfig, menuconfig, gconfig, oldconfig, mrproper, zImage, bzImage, modules, modules_install, rpm-pkg, binrpm-pkg, deb-pkg) <br />
<br />
* gzip<br />
<br />
* bzip2 <br />
<br />
* module tools<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/linux/.config<br />
<br />
* /lib/modules/kernel-version/*<br />
<br />
* depmod<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.3 Kernel runtime management and troubleshooting (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage and/or query a 2.6.x or 3.x kernel and its loadable modules. Candidates should be able to identify and correct common boot and run time issues. Candidates should understand device detection and management using udev. This objective includes troubleshooting udev rules. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use command-line utilities to get information about the currently running kernel and kernel modules.<br />
<br />
* Manually load and unload kernel modules.<br />
<br />
* Determine when modules can be unloaded.<br />
<br />
* Determine what parameters a module accepts.<br />
<br />
* Configure the system to load modules by names other than their file name. <br />
<br />
* /proc filesystem<br />
<br />
* Content of /, /boot , and /lib/modules<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to analyse information about the available hardware<br />
<br />
* udev rules<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /lib/modules/kernel-version/modules.dep<br />
<br />
* module configuration files in /etc<br />
<br />
* /proc/sys/kernel/<br />
<br />
* /sbin/depmod<br />
<br />
* /sbin/rmmod<br />
<br />
* /sbin/modinfo<br />
<br />
* /bin/dmesg<br />
<br />
* /sbin/lspci<br />
<br />
* /usr/bin/lsdev<br />
<br />
* /sbin/lsmod<br />
<br />
* /sbin/modprobe<br />
<br />
* /sbin/insmod<br />
<br />
* /bin/uname<br />
<br />
* /usr/bin/lsusb <br />
<br />
* /etc/sysctl.conf, /etc/sysctl.d/<br />
<br />
* /sbin/sysctl <br />
<br />
* udevmonitor<br />
<br />
* udevadm monitor<br />
<br />
* /etc/udev <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 202: System Startup''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">202.1 Customising SysV-init system startup (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to query and modify the behaviour of system services at various run levels. A thorough understanding of the init structure and boot process is required. This objective includes interacting with run levels.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Linux Standard Base Specification (LSB) <br />
<br />
* SysV init environment<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
<br />
* /etc/init.d/<br />
<br />
* /etc/rc.d/<br />
<br />
* chkconfig<br />
<br />
* update-rc.d<br />
<br />
* init and telinit<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">202.2 System recovery (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly manipulate a Linux system during both the boot process and during recovery mode. This objective includes using both the init utility and init-related kernel options. Candidates should be able to determine the cause of errors in loading and usage of bootloaders. GRUB version 2 and GRUB Legacy are the bootloaders of interest.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* GRUB version 2 and Legacy<br />
<br />
* grub shell <br />
<br />
* boot loader start and hand off to kernel<br />
<br />
* kernel loading<br />
<br />
* hardware initialisation and setup<br />
<br />
* daemon/service initialisation and setup<br />
<br />
* Know the different boot loader install locations on a hard disk or removable device<br />
<br />
* Overwriting standard boot loader options and using boot loader shells <br />
<br />
* Awareness of UEFI<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* mount<br />
<br />
* fsck<br />
<br />
* inittab, telinit and init with SysV init<br />
<br />
* The contents of /boot/ and /boot/grub/<br />
<br />
* GRUB<br />
<br />
* grub-install<br />
<br />
* initrd, initramfs<br />
<br />
* Master boot record<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">202.3 Alternate Bootloaders (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be aware of other bootloaders and their major features.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* LILO<br />
<br />
* SYSLINUX, ISOLINUX, PXELINUX<br />
<br />
* Understanding of PXE<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* lilo, /etc/lilo.conf<br />
<br />
* syslinux<br />
<br />
* extlinux<br />
<br />
* isolinux.bin<br />
<br />
* isolinux.cfg<br />
<br />
* pxelinux.0<br />
<br />
* pxelinux.cfg/*<br />
<br />
<br/><br />
<br/><br />
<br />
===''Topic 203: Filesystem and Devices''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.1 Operating the Linux filesystem (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly configure and navigate the standard Linux filesystem. This objective includes configuring and mounting various filesystem types.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* The concept of the fstab configuration<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities for handling SWAP partitions and files<br />
<br />
* Use of UUIDs for identifying and mounting file systems<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
<br />
* /etc/mtab<br />
<br />
* /proc/mounts<br />
<br />
* mount and umount<br />
<br />
* blkid<br />
<br />
* sync<br />
<br />
* swapon<br />
<br />
* swapoff <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.2 Maintaining a Linux filesystem (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly maintain a Linux filesystem using system utilities. This objective includes manipulating standard filesystems and monitoring SMART devices.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate and ext2, ext3 and ext4<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate xfs <br />
<br />
* Awareness of Btrfs<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* fsck (fsck.*)<br />
<br />
* mkfs (mkfs.*)<br />
<br />
* dumpe2fs, xfsdump, xfsrestore<br />
<br />
* debugfs<br />
<br />
* tune2fs<br />
<br />
* mkswap<br />
<br />
* xfs_info, xfs_check and xfs_repair <br />
<br />
* smartd, smartctl<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.3 Creating and configuring filesystem options (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure automount filesystems using AutoFS. This objective includes configuring automount for network and device filesystems. Also included is creating filesystems for devices such as CD-ROMs and a basic feature knowledge of encrypted filesystems.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* autofs configuration files<br />
<br />
* UDF and ISO9660 tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* awareness of CD-ROM filesystems (UDF, ISO9660, HFS)<br />
<br />
* awareness of CD-ROM filesystem extensions (Joliet, Rock Ridge, El Torito) <br />
<br />
* basic feature knowledge of encrypted filesystems<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/auto.master<br />
<br />
* /etc/auto.[dir]<br />
<br />
* mkisofs<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 204: Advanced Storage Device Administration''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.1 Configuring RAID (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure and implement software RAID. This objective includes using and configuring RAID 0, 1 and 5.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Software RAID configuration files and utilities <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* mdadm.conf<br />
<br />
* mdadm<br />
<br />
* /proc/mdstat<br />
<br />
* partition type 0xFD <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.2 Adjusting Storage Device Access (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure kernel options to support various drives. This objective includes software tools to view & modify hard disk settings including iSCSI devices.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to configure DMA for IDE devices including ATAPI and SATA<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate or analyse system resources (e.g. interrupts)<br />
<br />
* Awareness of sdparm command and its uses <br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities for iSCSI<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* hdparm, sdparm<br />
<br />
* tune2fs<br />
<br />
* sysctl<br />
<br />
* /dev/hd*, /dev/sd* <br />
<br />
* iscsiadm, scsi_id, iscsid and iscsid.conf<br />
<br />
* WWID, WWN, LUN numbers<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.3 Logical Volume Manager (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create and remove logical volumes, volume groups, and physical volumes. This objective includes snapshots and resizing logical volumes.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Tools in the LVM suite<br />
<br />
* Resizing, renaming, creating, and removing logical volumes, volume groups, and physical volumes<br />
<br />
* Creating and maintaining snapshots<br />
<br />
* Activating volume groups <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sbin/pv*<br />
<br />
* /sbin/lv*<br />
<br />
* /sbin/vg*<br />
<br />
* mount<br />
<br />
* /dev/mapper/ <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 205: Networking Configuration''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.1 Basic networking configuration (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a network device to be able to connect to a local, wired or wireless, and a wide-area network. This objective includes being able to communicate between various subnets within a single network including both IPv4 and IPv6 networks.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
<br />
* Configuring basic access to wireless networks with iw, iwconfig and iwlist<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ip<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/arp<br />
<br />
* /sbin/iwconfig<br />
<br />
* /sbin/iwlist<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.2 Advanced Network Configuration (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a network device to implement various network authentication schemes. This objective includes configuring a multi-homed network device and resolving communication problems.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Utilities to manipulate routing tables<br />
<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
<br />
* Utilities to analyse the status of the network devices<br />
<br />
* Utilities to monitor and analyse the TCP/IP traffic<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
<br />
* /bin/netstat<br />
<br />
* /bin/ping<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/arp<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/tcpdump<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/lsof<br />
<br />
* /usr/bin/nc<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ip<br />
<br />
* nmap<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.3 Troubleshooting network issues (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to identify and correct common network setup issues, to include knowledge of locations for basic configuration files and commands.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Location and content of access restriction files<br />
<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
<br />
* Utilities to manage routing tables<br />
<br />
* Utilities to list network states.<br />
<br />
* Utilities to gain information about the network configuration<br />
<br />
* Methods of information about the recognised and used hardware devices<br />
<br />
* System initialisation files and their contents (SysV init process)<br />
<br />
* Awareness of NetworkManager and its impact on network configuration<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
<br />
* /bin/netstat<br />
<br />
* /etc/network, /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/<br />
<br />
* System log files such as /var/log/syslog & /var/log/messages<br />
<br />
* /bin/ping<br />
<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
<br />
* /etc/hostname, /etc/HOSTNAME<br />
<br />
* /bin/hostname<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/traceroute<br />
<br />
* /bin/dmesg<br />
<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow, /etc/hosts.deny<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 206: System Maintenance''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">206.1 Make and install programs from source (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to build and install an executable program from source. This objective includes being able to unpack a file of sources.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Unpack source code using common compression and archive utilities.<br />
<br />
* Understand basics of invoking make to compile programs.<br />
<br />
* Apply parameters to a configure script.<br />
<br />
* Know where sources are stored by default. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/src/<br />
<br />
* gunzip<br />
<br />
* gzip<br />
<br />
* bzip2<br />
<br />
* tar<br />
<br />
* configure<br />
<br />
* make<br />
<br />
* uname<br />
<br />
* install <br />
<br />
* patch<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">206.2 Backup operations (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to use system tools to back up important system data. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Knowledge about directories that have to be include in backups<br />
<br />
* Awareness of network backup solutions such as Amanda, Bacula and BackupPC<br />
<br />
* Knowledge of the benefits and drawbacks of tapes, CDR, disk or other backup media<br />
<br />
* Perform partial and manual backups.<br />
<br />
* Verify the integrity of backup files.<br />
<br />
* Partially or fully restore backups. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /bin/sh<br />
<br />
* dd<br />
<br />
* tar<br />
<br />
* /dev/st* and /dev/nst*<br />
<br />
* mt<br />
<br />
* rsync <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">206.3 Notify users on system-related issues (وزن: 1)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to notify the users about current issues related to the system. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Automate communication with users through logon messages.<br />
<br />
* Inform active users of system maintenance <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/issue<br />
<br />
* /etc/issue.net<br />
<br />
* /etc/motd<br />
<br />
* wall<br />
<br />
* /sbin/shutdown <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 202==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 207: Domain Name Server''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.1 Basic DNS server configuration (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure BIND to function as a caching-only DNS server. This objective includes the ability to managing a running server and configuring logging.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* BIND 9.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Defining the location of the BIND zone files in BIND configuration files<br />
<br />
* Reloading modified configuration and zone files <br />
<br />
* Awareness of dnsmasq, djbdns and PowerDNS as alternate name servers<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/named.conf<br />
<br />
* /var/named/*<br />
<br />
* /usr/sbin/rndc<br />
<br />
* kill <br />
<br />
* host<br />
<br />
* dig<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.2 Create and maintain DNS zones (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create a zone file for a forward or reverse zone and hints for root level servers. This objective includes setting appropriate values for records, adding hosts in zones and adding zones to the DNS. A candidate should also be able to delegate zones to another DNS server.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* BIND 9 configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Utilities to request information from the DNS server<br />
<br />
* Layout, content and file location of the BIND zone files<br />
<br />
* Various methods to add a new host in the zone files, including reverse zones <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /var/named/*<br />
<br />
* zone file syntax<br />
<br />
* resource record formats<br />
<br />
* dig<br />
<br />
* nslookup<br />
<br />
* host <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.3 Securing a DNS server (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a DNS server to run as a non-root user and run in a chroot jail. This objective includes secure exchange of data between DNS servers.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* BIND 9 configuration files<br />
<br />
* Configuring BIND to run in a chroot jail<br />
<br />
* Split configuration of BIND using the forwarders statement <br />
<br />
* Configuring and using transaction signatures (TSIG)<br />
<br />
* Awareness of DNSSEC and basic tools<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/named.conf<br />
<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
<br />
* DNSSEC<br />
<br />
* dnssec-keygen <br />
<br />
* dnssec-signzone<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 208: Web Services''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.1 Basic Apache configuration (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure a web server. This objective includes monitoring the server's load and performance, restricting client user access, configuring support for scripting languages as modules and setting up client user authentication. Also included is configuring server options to restrict usage of resources. Candidates should be able to configure a web server to use virtual hosts and customise file access. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Apache 2.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Apache log files configuration and content<br />
<br />
* Access restriction methods and files<br />
<br />
* mod_perl and PHP configuration<br />
<br />
* Client user authentication files and utilities<br />
<br />
* Configuration of maximum requests, minimum and maximum servers and clients <br />
<br />
* Apache 2.x virtual host implementation (with and without dedicated IP addresses)<br />
<br />
* Using redirect statements in Apache's configuration files to customise file access <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* access logs and error logs<br />
<br />
* .htaccess<br />
<br />
* httpd.conf<br />
<br />
* mod_auth<br />
<br />
* htpasswd<br />
<br />
* AuthUserFile, AuthGroupFile<br />
<br />
* apache2ctl<br />
<br />
* httpd <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.2 Apache configuration for HTTPS (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a web server to provide HTTPS. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* SSL configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Ability to generate a server private key and CSR for a commercial CA<br />
<br />
* Ability to generate a self-signed Certificate from private CA<br />
<br />
* Ability to install the key and Certificate<br />
<br />
* Awareness of the issues with Virtual Hosting and use of SSL<br />
<br />
* Security issues in SSL use<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* Apache2 configuration files<br />
<br />
* /etc/ssl/*, /etc/pki/*<br />
<br />
* openssl, CA.pl<br />
<br />
* SSLEngine, SSLCertificateKeyFile, SSLCertificateFile, SSLCertificateChainFile<br />
<br />
* SSLCACertificateFile, SSLCACertificatePath<br />
<br />
* SSLProtocol, SSLCipherSuite, ServerTokens, ServerSignature, TraceEnable<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.3 Implementing Squid as a caching proxy (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure a proxy server, including access policies, authentication and resource usage.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Squid 3.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Access restriction methods<br />
<br />
* Client user authentication methods<br />
<br />
* Layout and content of ACL in the Squid configuration files <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* squid.conf<br />
<br />
* acl<br />
<br />
* http_access <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.4 Implementing Nginx as a web server and a reverse proxy (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure a reverse proxy server, Nginx. Basic configuration of Nginx as a HTTP server is included. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Nginx<br />
<br />
* Reverse Proxy<br />
<br />
* Basic Web Server<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/nginx/<br />
<br />
* nginx<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 209: File Sharing''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">209.1 Samba Server Configuration (وزن: 5)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to set up a SAMBA server for various clients. This objective includes setting up Samba for login clients and setting up the workgroup in which a server participates and defining shared directories and printers. Also covered is a configuring a Linux client to use a Samba server. Troubleshooting installations is also tested. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Samba version 3 documentation<br />
<br />
* Samba configuration files<br />
<br />
* Samba tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Mounting Samba shares on Linux<br />
<br />
* Samba daemons<br />
<br />
* Mapping Windows user names to Linux user names<br />
<br />
* User-Level and Share-Level security <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* smbd, nmbd<br />
<br />
* smbstatus, testparm, smbpasswd, nmblookup<br />
<br />
* smbclient<br />
<br />
* net<br />
<br />
* /etc/smb/*<br />
<br />
* /var/log/samba/ <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">209.2 NFS Server Configuration (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to export filesystems using NFS. This objective includes access restrictions, mounting an NFS filesystem on a client and securing NFS.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* NFS version 3 configuration files<br />
<br />
* NFS tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Access restrictions to certain hosts and/or subnets<br />
<br />
* Mount options on server and client<br />
<br />
* TCP Wrappers <br />
<br />
* Awareness of NFSv4<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/exports<br />
<br />
* exportfs<br />
<br />
* showmount<br />
<br />
* nfsstat<br />
<br />
* /proc/mounts<br />
<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
<br />
* rpcinfo<br />
<br />
* mountd<br />
<br />
* portmapper<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 210: Network Client Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.1 DHCP configuration (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a DHCP server. This objective includes setting default and per client options, adding static hosts and BOOTP hosts. Also included is configuring a DHCP relay agent and maintaining the DHCP server.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* DHCP configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* Subnet and dynamically-allocated range setup <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* dhcpd.conf<br />
<br />
* dhcpd.leases<br />
<br />
* /var/log/daemon.log and /var/log/messages<br />
<br />
* arp<br />
<br />
* dhcpd <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.2 PAM authentication (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | The candidate should be able to configure PAM to support authentication using various available methods. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* PAM configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
<br />
* passwd and shadow passwords <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/pam.d<br />
<br />
* pam.conf<br />
<br />
* nsswitch.conf<br />
<br />
* pam_unix, pam_cracklib, pam_limits, pam_listfile <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.3 LDAP client usage (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to perform queries and updates to an LDAP server. Also included is importing and adding items, as well as adding and managing users.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* LDAP utilities for data management and queries<br />
<br />
* Change user passwords<br />
<br />
* Querying the LDAP directory <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ldapsearch<br />
<br />
* ldappasswd<br />
<br />
* ldapadd<br />
<br />
* ldapdelete <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.4 Configuring an OpenLDAP server (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a basic OpenLDAP server including knowledge of LDIF format and essential access controls. An understanding of the role of SSSD in authentication and identity management is included.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* OpenLDAP<br />
<br />
* Access Control<br />
<br />
* Distinguished Names<br />
<br />
* Changetype Operations<br />
<br />
* Schemas and Whitepages<br />
<br />
* Directories<br />
<br />
* Object IDs, Attributes and Classes<br />
<br />
* Awareness of System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* slapd<br />
<br />
* slapd.conf<br />
<br />
* LDIF<br />
<br />
* slapadd<br />
<br />
* slapcat<br />
<br />
* slapindex<br />
<br />
* /var/lib/ldap/* <br />
<br />
* loglevel<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 211: E-Mail Services''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.1 Using e-mail servers (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage an e-mail server, including the configuration of e-mail aliases, e-mail quotas and virtual e-mail domains. This objective includes configuring internal e-mail relays and monitoring e-mail servers.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Configuration files for postfix<br />
<br />
* Basic knowledge of the SMTP protocol<br />
<br />
* Awareness of sendmail and exim <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* Configuration files and commands for postfix<br />
<br />
* /etc/postfix/*<br />
<br />
* /var/spool/postfix<br />
<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
<br />
* /etc/aliases<br />
<br />
* mail-related logs in /var/log/ <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.2 Managing Local E-Mail Delivery (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to implement client e-mail management software to filter, sort and monitor incoming user e-mail. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* procmail configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Usage of procmail on both server and client side <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ~/.procmailrc<br />
<br />
* /etc/procmailrc<br />
<br />
* procmail<br />
<br />
* mbox and Maildir formats <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.3 Managing Remote E-Mail Delivery (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure POP and IMAP daemons. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Courier IMAP and Courier POP configuration<br />
<br />
* Dovecot configuration <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/courier/*<br />
<br />
* dovecot.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 212: System Security''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.1 Configuring a router (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a system to perform network address translation (NAT, IP masquerading) and state its significance in protecting a network. This objective includes configuring port redirection, managing filter rules and averting attacks.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* iptables configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Tools, commands and utilities to manage routing tables.<br />
<br />
* Private address ranges<br />
<br />
* Port redirection and IP forwarding<br />
<br />
* List and write filtering and rules that accept or block datagrams based on source or destination protocol, port and address<br />
<br />
* Save and reload filtering configurations <br />
<br />
* Awareness of ip6tables and filtering<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /proc/sys/net/ipv4<br />
<br />
* /etc/services<br />
<br />
* iptables <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.2 Managing FTP servers (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure an FTP server for anonymous downloads and uploads. This objective includes precautions to be taken if anonymous uploads are permitted and configuring user access.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Configuration files, tools and utilities for Pure-FTPd and vsftpd<br />
<br />
* Awareness of ProFTPd<br />
<br />
* Understanding of passive vs. active FTP connections <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* vsftpd.conf<br />
<br />
* important Pure-FTPd command line options <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.3 Secure shell (SSH) (وزن: 4)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure and secure an SSH daemon. This objective includes managing keys and configuring SSH for users. Candidates should also be able to forward an application protocol over SSH and manage the SSH login.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* OpenSSH configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
<br />
* Login restrictions for the superuser and the normal users<br />
<br />
* Managing and using server and client keys to login with and without password<br />
<br />
* Usage of multiple connections from multiple hosts to guard against loss of connection to remote host following configuration changes <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ssh<br />
<br />
* sshd<br />
<br />
* /etc/ssh/sshd_config<br />
<br />
* /etc/ssh/*<br />
<br />
* Private and public key files<br />
<br />
* PermitRootLogin, PubKeyAuthentication, AllowUsers, PasswordAuthentication, Protocol <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.4 Security tasks (وزن: 3)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to receive security alerts from various sources, install, configure and run intrusion detection systems and apply security patches and bugfixes.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to scan and test ports on a server<br />
<br />
* Locations and organisations that report security alerts as Bugtraq, CERT, CIAC or other sources<br />
<br />
* Tools and utilities to implement an intrusion detection system (IDS)<br />
<br />
* Awareness of OpenVAS and Snort<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* telnet<br />
<br />
* nmap<br />
<br />
* fail2ban<br />
<br />
* nc<br />
<br />
* iptables <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.5 OpenVPN (وزن: 2)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a VPN (Virtual Private Network) and create secure point-to-point or site-to-site connections.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* OpenVPN <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/openvpn/*<br />
<br />
* openvpn<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Future Change Considerations==<br />
<br />
Future changes to the objective will/may include:<br />
<br />
* EFI shell, gdisk, parted not included. More appropriate in LPIC-1 update.<br />
<br />
* lighttpd would have been too much coverage of web services. Perhaps reduce Apache next revision to make room.<br />
<br />
* host level IDS (tripwire, AIDE, etc) to be covered in future LPIC-1.<br />
<br />
* sieve and maildrop to be considered in a future update.<br />
<br />
* SAN, AoE, and FCoE to be considered in a future update.<br />
<br />
* encrypted file systems are covered in-depth in LPI-303 exam.<br />
<br />
</div></div>
Tolstoy
https://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-1(Persian)&diff=2820
LPIC-1(Persian)
2014-02-11T09:25:48Z
<p>Tolstoy: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
<div dir="rtl" class="mw-content-rtl"><br />
<br />
==معرفی==<br />
<br />
این آزمون برای دریافت LPIC-1 یا LPI certification Level 1 الزامی است. سرفصلها مهارتهای پایه برای یک لینوکس کار حرفهای را در توزیعهای مطرح معمول هستند را پوشش می دهد.<br />
<br />
این صفحه شامل سرفصلهای انتشار یافته برای آزمون LPIC-1 می باشد.-1 certification. <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==ویرایشها==<br />
<br />
این سرفصلها مربوط به به نسخه ۳.۵.۰ هستند<br />
<br />
علاوه بر آن می توانید [[LPIC1AndLPIC2SummaryVersion2To3|خلاصه و جزییات]] تغیر از نسخه 2.X به نسخه 3.5 را مطالعه کنید.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==آزمونها==<br />
<br />
به منظور دریافت مدرک [[LPIC-1]], داوطلبین باید آزمونهای [[LPIC-1_101_v3_5|101]] و [[LPIC-1_102_v3_5|102]] را با موفقیت پشت سر بگذارند.<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-1_101_v3_5|101]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1_102_v3_5|102]]<br />
<br />
==ضمایم==<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه شفاف سازی (Oct 1st, 2012)''===<br />
<br />
* repost of previous clarification.<br />
* added TZ env variable to 107.3 partial file list.<br />
* added .bash_history to 103.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه بروزرسانی نسخه (Jul 2st, 2012)''===<br />
<br />
* updated to version 3.5.0.<br />
* added explicit coverage at the basic configuration level of GRUB 2 to 102.2 key terms list.<br />
* added explicit coverage of the ext4 filesystem to 104.1 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of systemd and Upstart in 101.3 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of IPv6 in 109.1 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of LVM in 102.1 key terms list.<br />
* removed coverage of LILO from 102.2.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه شفاف سازی (Oct 1st, 2011)''===<br />
<br />
* added explicit mention of GPG key revocation to 110.3 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه شفاف سازی (Apr 1st, 2009)''===<br />
<br />
* dropped X Font Server coverage to awareness level from 106.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه شفاف سازی (Jan 1st, 2009)''===<br />
<br />
* added TZ env variable to 107.3 partial file list.<br />
* added .bash_history to 103.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==ترجمه سرفصلها==<br />
<br />
The following translations of the objectives are available on this wiki:<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(Catalan)|Catalan]] (currently 101 only).<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives|English]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(FR)|French]].<br />
* [http://www.lpice.eu/de/lpi-zertifizierungsinhalte.html German].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(Greek)|Greek]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(PT-PT)|Portuguese(Portugal)]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(RU)|Russian]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(ES)|Spanish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(SW)|Swahili]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(SV)|Swedish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(TR)|Turkish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1(Persian)|Persian]].<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==سرفصلهای آزمون ۱۰۱==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 101: System Architecture''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.1 Determine and configure hardware settings</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to determine and configure fundamental system hardware.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Enable and disable integrated peripherals.<br />
* Configure systems with or without external peripherals such as keyboards.<br />
* Differentiate between the various types of mass storage devices.<br />
* Set the correct hardware ID for different devices, especially the boot device.<br />
* Know the differences between coldplug and hotplug devices.<br />
* Determine hardware resources for devices.<br />
* Tools and utilities to list various hardware information (e.g. lsusb, lspci, etc.).<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate USB devices.<br />
* Conceptual understanding of sysfs, udev, hald, dbus.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /sys<br />
* /proc<br />
* /dev<br />
* modprobe<br />
* lsmod<br />
* lspci<br />
* lsusb <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.2 Boot the system</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to guide the system through the booting process.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Provide common commands to the boot loader and options to the kernel at boot time.<br />
* Demonstrate knowledge of the boot sequence from BIOS to boot completion.<br />
* Check boot events in the log files. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /var/log/messages<br />
* dmesg<br />
* BIOS<br />
* bootloader<br />
* kernel<br />
* init <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.3 Change runlevels and shutdown or reboot system </span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage the runlevel of the system. This objective includes changing to single user mode, shutdown or rebooting the system. Candidates should be able to alert users before switching run level and properly terminate processes. This objective also includes setting the default run level. It also includes basic feature knowledge of potential replacements to init.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Set the default run level.<br />
* Change between run levels including single user mode.<br />
* Shutdown and reboot from the command line.<br />
* Alert users before switching run levels or other major system event.<br />
* Properly terminate processes. <br />
* Knowledge of basic features of systemd and Upstart.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* shutdown<br />
* init<br />
* /etc/init.d<br />
* telinit <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 102: Linux Installation and Package Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.1 Design hard disk layout</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to design a disk partitioning scheme for a Linux system.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Allocate filesystems and swap space to separate partitions or disks.<br />
* Tailor the design to the intended use of the system.<br />
* Ensure the /boot partition conforms to the hardware architecture requirements for booting. <br />
* Knowledge of basic features of LVM.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* / (root) filesystem.<br />
* /var filesystem.<br />
* /home filesystem.<br />
* swap space.<br />
* mount points.<br />
* partitions.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.2 Install a boot manager</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to select, install and configure a boot manager.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Providing alternative boot locations and backup boot options.<br />
* Install and configure a boot loader such as GRUB Legacy.<br />
* Perform basic configuration changes for GRUB 2.<br />
* Interact with the boot loader. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /boot/grub/menu.lst, grub.cfg and other variations.<br />
* grub-install.<br />
* MBR.<br />
* superblock.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.3 Manage shared libraries</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to determine the shared libraries that executable programs depend on and install them when necessary.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Identify shared libraries.<br />
* Identify the typical locations of system libraries.<br />
* Load shared libraries. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ldd<br />
* ldconfig<br />
* /etc/ld.so.conf<br />
* LD_LIBRARY_PATH <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.4 Use Debian package management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform package management using the Debian package tools.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Install, upgrade and uninstall Debian binary packages.<br />
* Find packages containing specific files or libraries which may or may not be installed.<br />
* Obtain package information like version, content, dependencies, package integrity and installation status (whether or not the package is installed).<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/apt/sources.list<br />
* dpkg<br />
* dpkg-reconfigure<br />
* apt-get<br />
* apt-cache<br />
* aptitude <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.5 Use RPM and YUM package management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform package management using RPM and YUM tools.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Install, re-install, upgrade and remove packages using RPM and YUM.<br />
<br />
* Obtain information on RPM packages such as version, status, dependencies, integrity and signatures.<br />
* Determine what files a package provides, as well as find which package a specific file comes from. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* rpm<br />
* rpm2cpio<br />
* /etc/yum.conf<br />
* /etc/yum.repos.d/<br />
* yum<br />
* yumdownloader <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 103: GNU and Unix Commands''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.1 Work on the command line</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to interact with shells and commands using the command line. The objective assumes the bash shell.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use single shell commands and one line command sequences to perform basic tasks on the command line.<br />
* Use and modify the shell environment including defining, referencing and exporting environment variables.<br />
* Use and edit command history.<br />
* Invoke commands inside and outside the defined path. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* .<br />
* bash<br />
* echo<br />
* env<br />
* exec<br />
* export<br />
* pwd<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* man<br />
* uname<br />
* history <br />
* .bash_history<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.2 Process text streams using filters</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should should be able to apply filters to text streams. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Send text files and output streams through text utility filters to modify the output using standard UNIX commands found in the GNU textutils package. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* cat<br />
* cut<br />
* expand<br />
* fmt<br />
* head<br />
* od<br />
* join<br />
* nl<br />
* paste<br />
* pr<br />
* sed<br />
* sort<br />
* split<br />
* tail<br />
* tr<br />
* unexpand<br />
* uniq<br />
* wc <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.3 Perform basic file management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to use the basic Linux commands to manage files and directories.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Copy, move and remove files and directories individually.<br />
* Copy multiple files and directories recursively.<br />
* Remove files and directories recursively.<br />
* Use simple and advanced wildcard specifications in commands.<br />
* Using find to locate and act on files based on type, size, or time.<br />
* Usage of tar, cpio and dd. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* cp<br />
* find<br />
* mkdir<br />
* mv<br />
* ls<br />
* rm<br />
* rmdir<br />
* touch<br />
* tar<br />
* cpio<br />
* dd<br />
* file<br />
* gzip<br />
* gunzip<br />
* bzip2<br />
* file globbing <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.4 Use streams, pipes and redirects</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to redirect streams and connect them in order to efficiently process textual data. Tasks include redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error, piping the output of one command to the input of another command, using the output of one command as arguments to another command and sending output to both stdout and a file.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error.<br />
* Pipe the output of one command to the input of another command.<br />
* Use the output of one command as arguments to another command.<br />
* Send output to both stdout and a file. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* tee<br />
* xargs <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.5 Create, monitor and kill processes</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform basic process management. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Run jobs in the foreground and background.<br />
* Signal a program to continue running after logout.<br />
* Monitor active processes.<br />
* Select and sort processes for display.<br />
* Send signals to processes. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* &<br />
* bg<br />
* fg<br />
* jobs<br />
* kill<br />
* nohup<br />
* ps<br />
* top<br />
* free<br />
* uptime<br />
* killall <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.6 Modify process execution priorities</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should should be able to manage process execution priorities. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Know the default priority of a job that is created.<br />
* Run a program with higher or lower priority than the default.<br />
* Change the priority of a running process. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* nice<br />
* ps<br />
* renice<br />
* top <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.7 Search text files using regular expressions</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manipulate files and text data using regular expressions. This objective includes creating simple regular expressions containing several notational elements. It also includes using regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Create simple regular expressions containing several notational elements.<br />
* Use regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* grep<br />
* egrep<br />
* fgrep<br />
* sed<br />
* regex(7) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.8 Perform basic file editing operations using vi</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to edit text files using vi. This objective includes vi navigation, basic vi modes, inserting, editing, deleting, copying and finding text.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Navigate a document using vi.<br />
* Use basic vi modes.<br />
* Insert, edit, delete, copy and find text.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* vi<br />
* /, ?<br />
* h,j,k,l<br />
* i, o, a<br />
* c, d, p, y, dd, yy<br />
* ZZ, :w!, :q!, :e! <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 104: Devices, Linux Filesystems, Filesystem Hierarchy Standard''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.1 Create partitions and filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure disk partitions and then create filesystems on media such as hard disks. This includes the handling of swap partitions.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use various mkfs commands to set up partitions and create various filesystems such as:<br />
** ext2/ext3/ext4<br />
** xfs<br />
** reiserfs v3<br />
** vfat <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* fdisk<br />
* mkfs<br />
* mkswap <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.2 Maintain the integrity of filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to maintain a standard filesystem, as well as the extra data associated with a journaling filesystem.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Verify the integrity of filesystems.<br />
* Monitor free space and inodes.<br />
* Repair simple filesystem problems. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* du<br />
* df<br />
* fsck<br />
* e2fsck<br />
* mke2fs<br />
* debugfs<br />
* dumpe2fs<br />
* tune2fs<br />
* xfs tools (such as xfs_metadump and xfs_info) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.3 Control mounting and unmounting of filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure the mounting of a filesystem.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually mount and unmount filesystems.<br />
* Configure filesystem mounting on bootup.<br />
* Configure user mountable removable filesystems. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* /media<br />
* mount<br />
* umount <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.4 Manage disk quotas</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage disk quotas for users. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Set up a disk quota for a filesystem.<br />
* Edit, check and generate user quota reports. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* quota<br />
* edquota<br />
* repquota<br />
* quotaon <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.5 Manage file permissions and ownership</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to control file access through the proper use of permissions and ownerships. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage access permissions on regular and special files as well as directories.<br />
* Use access modes such as suid, sgid and the sticky bit to maintain security.<br />
* Know how to change the file creation mask.<br />
* Use the group field to grant file access to group members. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* chmod<br />
* umask<br />
* chown<br />
* chgrp <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.6 Create and change hard and symbolic links</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to create and manage hard and symbolic links to a file. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Create links.<br />
* Identify hard and/or soft links.<br />
* Copying versus linking files.<br />
* Use links to support system administration tasks.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ln<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.7 Find system files and place files in the correct location</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be thoroughly familiar with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS), including typical file locations and directory classifications.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Understand the correct locations of files under the FHS.<br />
* Find files and commands on a Linux system.<br />
* Know the location and purpose of important file and directories as defined in the FHS. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* locate<br />
* updatedb<br />
* whereis<br />
* which<br />
* type<br />
* /etc/updatedb.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 102==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 105: Shells, Scripting and Data Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.1 Customize and use the shell environment</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to customize shell environments to meet users' needs. Candidates should be able to modify global and user profiles.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Set environment variables (e.g. PATH) at login or when spawning a new shell.<br />
* Write BASH functions for frequently used sequences of commands.<br />
* Maintain skeleton directories for new user accounts.<br />
* Set command search path with the proper directory. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/profile<br />
* env<br />
* export<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* ~/.bash_profile<br />
* ~/.bash_login<br />
* ~/.profile<br />
* ~/.bashrc<br />
* ~/.bash_logout<br />
* function<br />
* alias<br />
* lists <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.2 Customize or write simple scripts</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to customize existing scripts, or write simple new BASH scripts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use standard sh syntax (loops, tests).<br />
* Use command substitution.<br />
* Test return values for success or failure or other information provided by a command.<br />
* Perform conditional mailing to the superuser.<br />
* Correctly select the script interpreter through the shebang (#!) line.<br />
* Manage the location, ownership, execution and suid-rights of scripts. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* for<br />
* while<br />
* test<br />
* if<br />
* read<br />
* seq <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.3 SQL data management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to query databases and manipulate data using basic SQL commands. This objective includes performing queries involving joining of 2 tables and/or subselects.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Use of basic SQL commands.<br />
* Perform basic data manipulation. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* insert<br />
* update<br />
* select<br />
* delete<br />
* from<br />
* where<br />
* group by<br />
* order by<br />
* join <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 106: User Interfaces and Desktops''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.1 Install and configure X11</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to install and configure X11. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Verify that the video card and monitor are supported by an X server.<br />
* Awareness of the X font server.<br />
* Basic understanding and knowledge of the X Window configuration file. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/X11/xorg.conf<br />
* xhost<br />
* DISPLAY<br />
* xwininfo<br />
* xdpyinfo<br />
* X <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.2 Setup a display manager</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to setup and customize a display manager. This objective covers the display managers XDM (X Display Manger), GDM (Gnome Display Manager) and KDM (KDE Display Manager).<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Turn the display manager on or off.<br />
* Change the display manager greeting.<br />
* Change default color depth for the display manager.<br />
* Configure display managers for use by X-stations. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* xdm configuration files<br />
* kdm configuration files<br />
* gdm configuration files <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.3 Accessibility</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Demonstrate knowledge and awareness of accessibility technologies. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Keyboard Accessibility Settings (AccessX).<br />
* Visual Settings and Themes.<br />
* Assistive Technology (ATs).<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* Sticky/Repeat Keys.<br />
* Slow/Bounce/Toggle Keys.<br />
* Mouse Keys.<br />
* High Contrast/Large Print Desktop Themes.<br />
* Screen Reader.<br />
* Braille Display.<br />
* Screen Magnifier.<br />
* On-Screen Keyboard.<br />
* Gestures (used at login, for example gdm).<br />
* Orca.<br />
* GOK.<br />
* emacspeak.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 107: Administrative Tasks''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.1 Manage user and group accounts and related system files</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to add, remove, suspend and change user accounts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Add, modify and remove users and groups.<br />
* Manage user/group info in password/group databases.<br />
* Create and manage special purpose and limited accounts. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/group<br />
* /etc/skel<br />
* chage<br />
* groupadd<br />
* groupdel<br />
* groupmod<br />
* passwd<br />
* useradd<br />
* userdel<br />
* usermod <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.2 Automate system administration tasks by scheduling jobs</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to use cron or anacron to run jobs at regular intervals and to use at to run jobs at a specific time. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage cron and at jobs.<br />
* Configure user access to cron and at services. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/cron.{d,daily,hourly,monthly,weekly}<br />
* /etc/at.deny<br />
* /etc/at.allow<br />
* /etc/crontab<br />
* /etc/cron.allow<br />
* /etc/cron.deny<br />
* /var/spool/cron/*<br />
* crontab<br />
* at<br />
* atq<br />
* atrm <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.3 Localisation and internationalisation</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to localize a system in a different language than English. As well, an understanding of why LANG=C is useful when scripting.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Locale settings.<br />
* Timezone settings.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* Environment variables:<br />
** LC_*<br />
** LC_ALL<br />
** LANG<br />
** TZ<br />
* /usr/bin/locale<br />
* tzselect<br />
* tzconfig<br />
* date<br />
* iconv<br />
* UTF-8<br />
* ISO-8859<br />
* ASCII<br />
* Unicode <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 108: Essential System Services''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.1 Maintain system time</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to properly maintain the system time and synchronize the clock via NTP.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Set the system date and time.<br />
* Set the hardware clock to the correct time in UTC.<br />
* Configure the correct timezone.<br />
* Basic NTP configuration.<br />
* Knowledge of using the pool.ntp.org service.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /etc/ntp.conf<br />
* date<br />
* hwclock<br />
* ntpd<br />
* ntpdate<br />
* pool.ntp.org <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.2 System logging</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure the syslog daemon. This objective also includes configuring the logging daemon to send log output to a central log server or accept log output as a central log server.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* syslog configuration files.<br />
* syslog.<br />
* standard facilities, priorities and actions.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* syslog.conf<br />
* syslogd<br />
* klogd<br />
* logger <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.3 Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) basics</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be aware of the commonly available MTA programs and be able to perform basic forward and alias configuration on a client host. Other configuration files are not covered.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Create e-mail aliases.<br />
* Configure e-mail forwarding.<br />
* Knowledge of commonly available MTA programs (postfix, sendmail, qmail, exim) (no configuration) <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ~/.forward<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
* newaliases<br />
* mail<br />
* mailq<br />
* postfix<br />
* sendmail<br />
* exim<br />
* qmail <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.4 Manage printers and printing</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage print queues and user print jobs using CUPS and the LPD compatibility interface. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Basic CUPS configuration (for local and remote printers).<br />
* Manage user print queues.<br />
* Troubleshoot general printing problems.<br />
* Add and remove jobs from configured printer queues. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* CUPS configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* /etc/cups<br />
* lpd legacy interface (lpr, lprm, lpq) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 109: Networking Fundamentals''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.1 Fundamentals of internet protocols</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should demonstrate a proper understanding of TCP/IP network fundamentals. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Demonstrate an understanding network masks.<br />
* Knowledge of the differences between private and public "dotted quad" IP-Addresses.<br />
* Setting a default route.<br />
* Knowledge about common TCP and UDP ports (20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 53, 80, 110, 119, 139, 143, 161, 443, 465, 993, 995).<br />
* Knowledge about the differences and major features of UDP, TCP and ICMP.<br />
* Knowledge of the major differences between IPv4 and IPv6. <br />
* Knowledge of the basic features of IPv6.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/services<br />
* ftp<br />
* telnet<br />
* host<br />
* ping<br />
* dig<br />
* traceroute<br />
* tracepath <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.2 Basic network configuration</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to view, change and verify configuration settings on client hosts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces.<br />
* Basic TCP/IP host configuration.<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hostname<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* ping <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.3 Basic network troubleshooting</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to troubleshoot networking issues on client hosts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces and routing tables to include adding, starting, stopping, restarting, deleting or reconfiguring network interfaces.<br />
* Change, view, or configure the routing table and correct an improperly set default route manually.<br />
* Debug problems associated with the network configuration. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* host<br />
* hostname<br />
* dig<br />
* netstat<br />
* ping<br />
* traceroute <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.4 Configure client side DNS</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure DNS on a client host. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Demonstrate the use of DNS on the local system.<br />
* Modify the order in which name resolution is done. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 110: Security''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.1 Perform security administration tasks</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should know how to review system configuration to ensure host security in accordance with local security policies. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Audit a system to find files with the suid/sgid bit set.<br />
* Set or change user passwords and password aging information.<br />
* Being able to use nmap and netstat to discover open ports on a system.<br />
* Set up limits on user logins, processes and memory usage.<br />
* Basic sudo configuration and usage. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* passwd<br />
* lsof<br />
* nmap<br />
* chage<br />
* netstat<br />
* sudo<br />
* /etc/sudoers<br />
* su<br />
* usermod<br />
* ulimit <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.2 Setup host security</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" |<br />
<br />
Candidates should know how to set up a basic level of host security. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Awareness of shadow passwords and how they work.<br />
* Turn off network services not in use.<br />
* Understand the role of TCP wrappers. <br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/nologin<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/xinetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/xinetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/inetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/init.d/*<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow<br />
* /etc/hosts.deny <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.3 Securing data with encryption</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''وزن'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''توضیح'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
The candidate should be able to use public key techniques to secure data and communication.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''بخش موضوعات کلیدی:'''<br />
<br />
* Perform basic OpenSSH 2 client configuration and usage.<br />
* Understand the role of OpenSSH 2 server host keys.<br />
* Perform basic GnuPG configuration, usage and revocation.<br />
* Understand SSH port tunnels (including X11 tunnels).<br />
<br />
'''در زیر خلاصهای از فایلها، اطلاحات و ابزارهای مورد استفاده آمده است:'''<br />
<br />
* ssh<br />
* ssh-keygen<br />
* ssh-agent<br />
* ssh-add<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_rsa and id_rsa.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_dsa and id_dsa.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key and ssh_host_rsa_key.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key and ssh_host_dsa_key.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/authorized_keys<br />
* /etc/ssh_known_hosts<br />
* gpg<br />
* ~/.gnupg/*<br />
<br />
<br />
==Future Change Considerations==<br />
<br />
Future changes to the objective will/may include:<br />
<br />
* update syslog to include (or be replaced by) rsyslog and/or syslog-ng<br />
* add knowledge of GNU Screen (seems more usefull than nohup). Tmux is another option<br />
* include monitoring commands: who, w, last, lastb, lastlog<br />
* update 107.2 to include anacron<br />
* include another monitoring command : watch<br />
* LightDM as alternative to xdm (and others)<br />
* logrotate et al<br />
<br />
<br />
</div></div>
Tolstoy
https://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-1(Persian)&diff=2819
LPIC-1(Persian)
2014-02-11T09:18:00Z
<p>Tolstoy: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
<div dir="rtl" class="mw-content-rtl"><br />
<br />
==معرفی==<br />
<br />
این آزمون برای دریافت LPIC-1 یا LPI certification Level 1 الزامی است. سرفصلها مهارتهای پایه برای یک لینوکس کار حرفهای را در توزیعهای مطرح معمول هستند را پوشش می دهد.<br />
<br />
این صفحه شامل سرفصلهای انتشار یافته برای آزمون LPIC-1 می باشد.-1 certification. <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==ویرایشها==<br />
<br />
این سرفصلها مربوط به به نسخه ۳.۵.۰ هستند<br />
<br />
علاوه بر آن می توانید [[LPIC1AndLPIC2SummaryVersion2To3|خلاصه و جزییات]] تغیر از نسخه 2.X به نسخه 3.5 را مطالعه کنید.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==آزمونها==<br />
<br />
به منظور دریافت مدرک [[LPIC-1]], داوطلبین باید آزمونهای [[LPIC-1_101_v3_5|101]] و [[LPIC-1_102_v3_5|102]] را با موفقیت پشت سر بگذارند.<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-1_101_v3_5|101]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1_102_v3_5|102]]<br />
<br />
==ضمایم==<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه شفاف سازی (Oct 1st, 2012)''===<br />
<br />
* repost of previous clarification.<br />
* added TZ env variable to 107.3 partial file list.<br />
* added .bash_history to 103.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه بروزرسانی نسخه (Jul 2st, 2012)''===<br />
<br />
* updated to version 3.5.0.<br />
* added explicit coverage at the basic configuration level of GRUB 2 to 102.2 key terms list.<br />
* added explicit coverage of the ext4 filesystem to 104.1 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of systemd and Upstart in 101.3 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of IPv6 in 109.1 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of LVM in 102.1 key terms list.<br />
* removed coverage of LILO from 102.2.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه شفاف سازی (Oct 1st, 2011)''===<br />
<br />
* added explicit mention of GPG key revocation to 110.3 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه شفاف سازی (Apr 1st, 2009)''===<br />
<br />
* dropped X Font Server coverage to awareness level from 106.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه شفاف سازی (Jan 1st, 2009)''===<br />
<br />
* added TZ env variable to 107.3 partial file list.<br />
* added .bash_history to 103.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==ترجمه سرفصلها==<br />
<br />
The following translations of the objectives are available on this wiki:<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(Catalan)|Catalan]] (currently 101 only).<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives|English]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(FR)|French]].<br />
* [http://www.lpice.eu/de/lpi-zertifizierungsinhalte.html German].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(Greek)|Greek]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(PT-PT)|Portuguese(Portugal)]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(RU)|Russian]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(ES)|Spanish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(SW)|Swahili]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(SV)|Swedish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(TR)|Turkish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1(Persian)|Persian]].<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==سرفصلهای آزمون ۱۰۱==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 101: System Architecture''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.1 Determine and configure hardware settings</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to determine and configure fundamental system hardware.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Enable and disable integrated peripherals.<br />
* Configure systems with or without external peripherals such as keyboards.<br />
* Differentiate between the various types of mass storage devices.<br />
* Set the correct hardware ID for different devices, especially the boot device.<br />
* Know the differences between coldplug and hotplug devices.<br />
* Determine hardware resources for devices.<br />
* Tools and utilities to list various hardware information (e.g. lsusb, lspci, etc.).<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate USB devices.<br />
* Conceptual understanding of sysfs, udev, hald, dbus.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /sys<br />
* /proc<br />
* /dev<br />
* modprobe<br />
* lsmod<br />
* lspci<br />
* lsusb <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.2 Boot the system</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to guide the system through the booting process.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Provide common commands to the boot loader and options to the kernel at boot time.<br />
* Demonstrate knowledge of the boot sequence from BIOS to boot completion.<br />
* Check boot events in the log files. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /var/log/messages<br />
* dmesg<br />
* BIOS<br />
* bootloader<br />
* kernel<br />
* init <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.3 Change runlevels and shutdown or reboot system </span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage the runlevel of the system. This objective includes changing to single user mode, shutdown or rebooting the system. Candidates should be able to alert users before switching run level and properly terminate processes. This objective also includes setting the default run level. It also includes basic feature knowledge of potential replacements to init.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set the default run level.<br />
* Change between run levels including single user mode.<br />
* Shutdown and reboot from the command line.<br />
* Alert users before switching run levels or other major system event.<br />
* Properly terminate processes. <br />
* Knowledge of basic features of systemd and Upstart.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* shutdown<br />
* init<br />
* /etc/init.d<br />
* telinit <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 102: Linux Installation and Package Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.1 Design hard disk layout</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to design a disk partitioning scheme for a Linux system.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Allocate filesystems and swap space to separate partitions or disks.<br />
* Tailor the design to the intended use of the system.<br />
* Ensure the /boot partition conforms to the hardware architecture requirements for booting. <br />
* Knowledge of basic features of LVM.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* / (root) filesystem.<br />
* /var filesystem.<br />
* /home filesystem.<br />
* swap space.<br />
* mount points.<br />
* partitions.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.2 Install a boot manager</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to select, install and configure a boot manager.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Providing alternative boot locations and backup boot options.<br />
* Install and configure a boot loader such as GRUB Legacy.<br />
* Perform basic configuration changes for GRUB 2.<br />
* Interact with the boot loader. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /boot/grub/menu.lst, grub.cfg and other variations.<br />
* grub-install.<br />
* MBR.<br />
* superblock.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.3 Manage shared libraries</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to determine the shared libraries that executable programs depend on and install them when necessary.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Identify shared libraries.<br />
* Identify the typical locations of system libraries.<br />
* Load shared libraries. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ldd<br />
* ldconfig<br />
* /etc/ld.so.conf<br />
* LD_LIBRARY_PATH <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.4 Use Debian package management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform package management using the Debian package tools.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Install, upgrade and uninstall Debian binary packages.<br />
* Find packages containing specific files or libraries which may or may not be installed.<br />
* Obtain package information like version, content, dependencies, package integrity and installation status (whether or not the package is installed).<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/apt/sources.list<br />
* dpkg<br />
* dpkg-reconfigure<br />
* apt-get<br />
* apt-cache<br />
* aptitude <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.5 Use RPM and YUM package management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform package management using RPM and YUM tools.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Install, re-install, upgrade and remove packages using RPM and YUM.<br />
<br />
* Obtain information on RPM packages such as version, status, dependencies, integrity and signatures.<br />
* Determine what files a package provides, as well as find which package a specific file comes from. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* rpm<br />
* rpm2cpio<br />
* /etc/yum.conf<br />
* /etc/yum.repos.d/<br />
* yum<br />
* yumdownloader <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 103: GNU and Unix Commands''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.1 Work on the command line</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to interact with shells and commands using the command line. The objective assumes the bash shell.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use single shell commands and one line command sequences to perform basic tasks on the command line.<br />
* Use and modify the shell environment including defining, referencing and exporting environment variables.<br />
* Use and edit command history.<br />
* Invoke commands inside and outside the defined path. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* .<br />
* bash<br />
* echo<br />
* env<br />
* exec<br />
* export<br />
* pwd<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* man<br />
* uname<br />
* history <br />
* .bash_history<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.2 Process text streams using filters</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should should be able to apply filters to text streams. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Send text files and output streams through text utility filters to modify the output using standard UNIX commands found in the GNU textutils package. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* cat<br />
* cut<br />
* expand<br />
* fmt<br />
* head<br />
* od<br />
* join<br />
* nl<br />
* paste<br />
* pr<br />
* sed<br />
* sort<br />
* split<br />
* tail<br />
* tr<br />
* unexpand<br />
* uniq<br />
* wc <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.3 Perform basic file management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to use the basic Linux commands to manage files and directories.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Copy, move and remove files and directories individually.<br />
* Copy multiple files and directories recursively.<br />
* Remove files and directories recursively.<br />
* Use simple and advanced wildcard specifications in commands.<br />
* Using find to locate and act on files based on type, size, or time.<br />
* Usage of tar, cpio and dd. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* cp<br />
* find<br />
* mkdir<br />
* mv<br />
* ls<br />
* rm<br />
* rmdir<br />
* touch<br />
* tar<br />
* cpio<br />
* dd<br />
* file<br />
* gzip<br />
* gunzip<br />
* bzip2<br />
* file globbing <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.4 Use streams, pipes and redirects</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to redirect streams and connect them in order to efficiently process textual data. Tasks include redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error, piping the output of one command to the input of another command, using the output of one command as arguments to another command and sending output to both stdout and a file.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error.<br />
* Pipe the output of one command to the input of another command.<br />
* Use the output of one command as arguments to another command.<br />
* Send output to both stdout and a file. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* tee<br />
* xargs <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.5 Create, monitor and kill processes</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform basic process management. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Run jobs in the foreground and background.<br />
* Signal a program to continue running after logout.<br />
* Monitor active processes.<br />
* Select and sort processes for display.<br />
* Send signals to processes. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* &<br />
* bg<br />
* fg<br />
* jobs<br />
* kill<br />
* nohup<br />
* ps<br />
* top<br />
* free<br />
* uptime<br />
* killall <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.6 Modify process execution priorities</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should should be able to manage process execution priorities. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Know the default priority of a job that is created.<br />
* Run a program with higher or lower priority than the default.<br />
* Change the priority of a running process. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* nice<br />
* ps<br />
* renice<br />
* top <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.7 Search text files using regular expressions</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manipulate files and text data using regular expressions. This objective includes creating simple regular expressions containing several notational elements. It also includes using regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Create simple regular expressions containing several notational elements.<br />
* Use regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* grep<br />
* egrep<br />
* fgrep<br />
* sed<br />
* regex(7) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.8 Perform basic file editing operations using vi</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to edit text files using vi. This objective includes vi navigation, basic vi modes, inserting, editing, deleting, copying and finding text.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Navigate a document using vi.<br />
* Use basic vi modes.<br />
* Insert, edit, delete, copy and find text.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* vi<br />
* /, ?<br />
* h,j,k,l<br />
* i, o, a<br />
* c, d, p, y, dd, yy<br />
* ZZ, :w!, :q!, :e! <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 104: Devices, Linux Filesystems, Filesystem Hierarchy Standard''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.1 Create partitions and filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure disk partitions and then create filesystems on media such as hard disks. This includes the handling of swap partitions.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use various mkfs commands to set up partitions and create various filesystems such as:<br />
** ext2/ext3/ext4<br />
** xfs<br />
** reiserfs v3<br />
** vfat <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* fdisk<br />
* mkfs<br />
* mkswap <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.2 Maintain the integrity of filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to maintain a standard filesystem, as well as the extra data associated with a journaling filesystem.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Verify the integrity of filesystems.<br />
* Monitor free space and inodes.<br />
* Repair simple filesystem problems. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* du<br />
* df<br />
* fsck<br />
* e2fsck<br />
* mke2fs<br />
* debugfs<br />
* dumpe2fs<br />
* tune2fs<br />
* xfs tools (such as xfs_metadump and xfs_info) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.3 Control mounting and unmounting of filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure the mounting of a filesystem.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually mount and unmount filesystems.<br />
* Configure filesystem mounting on bootup.<br />
* Configure user mountable removable filesystems. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* /media<br />
* mount<br />
* umount <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.4 Manage disk quotas</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage disk quotas for users. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set up a disk quota for a filesystem.<br />
* Edit, check and generate user quota reports. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* quota<br />
* edquota<br />
* repquota<br />
* quotaon <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.5 Manage file permissions and ownership</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to control file access through the proper use of permissions and ownerships. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage access permissions on regular and special files as well as directories.<br />
* Use access modes such as suid, sgid and the sticky bit to maintain security.<br />
* Know how to change the file creation mask.<br />
* Use the group field to grant file access to group members. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* chmod<br />
* umask<br />
* chown<br />
* chgrp <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.6 Create and change hard and symbolic links</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to create and manage hard and symbolic links to a file. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Create links.<br />
* Identify hard and/or soft links.<br />
* Copying versus linking files.<br />
* Use links to support system administration tasks.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ln<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.7 Find system files and place files in the correct location</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be thoroughly familiar with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS), including typical file locations and directory classifications.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Understand the correct locations of files under the FHS.<br />
* Find files and commands on a Linux system.<br />
* Know the location and purpose of important file and directories as defined in the FHS. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* locate<br />
* updatedb<br />
* whereis<br />
* which<br />
* type<br />
* /etc/updatedb.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 102==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 105: Shells, Scripting and Data Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.1 Customize and use the shell environment</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to customize shell environments to meet users' needs. Candidates should be able to modify global and user profiles.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set environment variables (e.g. PATH) at login or when spawning a new shell.<br />
* Write BASH functions for frequently used sequences of commands.<br />
* Maintain skeleton directories for new user accounts.<br />
* Set command search path with the proper directory. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/profile<br />
* env<br />
* export<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* ~/.bash_profile<br />
* ~/.bash_login<br />
* ~/.profile<br />
* ~/.bashrc<br />
* ~/.bash_logout<br />
* function<br />
* alias<br />
* lists <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.2 Customize or write simple scripts</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to customize existing scripts, or write simple new BASH scripts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use standard sh syntax (loops, tests).<br />
* Use command substitution.<br />
* Test return values for success or failure or other information provided by a command.<br />
* Perform conditional mailing to the superuser.<br />
* Correctly select the script interpreter through the shebang (#!) line.<br />
* Manage the location, ownership, execution and suid-rights of scripts. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* for<br />
* while<br />
* test<br />
* if<br />
* read<br />
* seq <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.3 SQL data management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to query databases and manipulate data using basic SQL commands. This objective includes performing queries involving joining of 2 tables and/or subselects.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use of basic SQL commands.<br />
* Perform basic data manipulation. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* insert<br />
* update<br />
* select<br />
* delete<br />
* from<br />
* where<br />
* group by<br />
* order by<br />
* join <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 106: User Interfaces and Desktops''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.1 Install and configure X11</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to install and configure X11. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Verify that the video card and monitor are supported by an X server.<br />
* Awareness of the X font server.<br />
* Basic understanding and knowledge of the X Window configuration file. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/X11/xorg.conf<br />
* xhost<br />
* DISPLAY<br />
* xwininfo<br />
* xdpyinfo<br />
* X <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.2 Setup a display manager</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to setup and customize a display manager. This objective covers the display managers XDM (X Display Manger), GDM (Gnome Display Manager) and KDM (KDE Display Manager).<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Turn the display manager on or off.<br />
* Change the display manager greeting.<br />
* Change default color depth for the display manager.<br />
* Configure display managers for use by X-stations. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* xdm configuration files<br />
* kdm configuration files<br />
* gdm configuration files <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.3 Accessibility</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Demonstrate knowledge and awareness of accessibility technologies. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Keyboard Accessibility Settings (AccessX).<br />
* Visual Settings and Themes.<br />
* Assistive Technology (ATs).<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* Sticky/Repeat Keys.<br />
* Slow/Bounce/Toggle Keys.<br />
* Mouse Keys.<br />
* High Contrast/Large Print Desktop Themes.<br />
* Screen Reader.<br />
* Braille Display.<br />
* Screen Magnifier.<br />
* On-Screen Keyboard.<br />
* Gestures (used at login, for example gdm).<br />
* Orca.<br />
* GOK.<br />
* emacspeak.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 107: Administrative Tasks''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.1 Manage user and group accounts and related system files</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to add, remove, suspend and change user accounts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Add, modify and remove users and groups.<br />
* Manage user/group info in password/group databases.<br />
* Create and manage special purpose and limited accounts. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/group<br />
* /etc/skel<br />
* chage<br />
* groupadd<br />
* groupdel<br />
* groupmod<br />
* passwd<br />
* useradd<br />
* userdel<br />
* usermod <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.2 Automate system administration tasks by scheduling jobs</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to use cron or anacron to run jobs at regular intervals and to use at to run jobs at a specific time. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage cron and at jobs.<br />
* Configure user access to cron and at services. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/cron.{d,daily,hourly,monthly,weekly}<br />
* /etc/at.deny<br />
* /etc/at.allow<br />
* /etc/crontab<br />
* /etc/cron.allow<br />
* /etc/cron.deny<br />
* /var/spool/cron/*<br />
* crontab<br />
* at<br />
* atq<br />
* atrm <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.3 Localisation and internationalisation</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to localize a system in a different language than English. As well, an understanding of why LANG=C is useful when scripting.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Locale settings.<br />
* Timezone settings.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* Environment variables:<br />
** LC_*<br />
** LC_ALL<br />
** LANG<br />
** TZ<br />
* /usr/bin/locale<br />
* tzselect<br />
* tzconfig<br />
* date<br />
* iconv<br />
* UTF-8<br />
* ISO-8859<br />
* ASCII<br />
* Unicode <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 108: Essential System Services''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.1 Maintain system time</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to properly maintain the system time and synchronize the clock via NTP.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set the system date and time.<br />
* Set the hardware clock to the correct time in UTC.<br />
* Configure the correct timezone.<br />
* Basic NTP configuration.<br />
* Knowledge of using the pool.ntp.org service.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /etc/ntp.conf<br />
* date<br />
* hwclock<br />
* ntpd<br />
* ntpdate<br />
* pool.ntp.org <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.2 System logging</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure the syslog daemon. This objective also includes configuring the logging daemon to send log output to a central log server or accept log output as a central log server.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* syslog configuration files.<br />
* syslog.<br />
* standard facilities, priorities and actions.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* syslog.conf<br />
* syslogd<br />
* klogd<br />
* logger <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.3 Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) basics</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be aware of the commonly available MTA programs and be able to perform basic forward and alias configuration on a client host. Other configuration files are not covered.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Create e-mail aliases.<br />
* Configure e-mail forwarding.<br />
* Knowledge of commonly available MTA programs (postfix, sendmail, qmail, exim) (no configuration) <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ~/.forward<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
* newaliases<br />
* mail<br />
* mailq<br />
* postfix<br />
* sendmail<br />
* exim<br />
* qmail <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.4 Manage printers and printing</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage print queues and user print jobs using CUPS and the LPD compatibility interface. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Basic CUPS configuration (for local and remote printers).<br />
* Manage user print queues.<br />
* Troubleshoot general printing problems.<br />
* Add and remove jobs from configured printer queues. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* CUPS configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* /etc/cups<br />
* lpd legacy interface (lpr, lprm, lpq) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 109: Networking Fundamentals''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.1 Fundamentals of internet protocols</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should demonstrate a proper understanding of TCP/IP network fundamentals. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Demonstrate an understanding network masks.<br />
* Knowledge of the differences between private and public "dotted quad" IP-Addresses.<br />
* Setting a default route.<br />
* Knowledge about common TCP and UDP ports (20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 53, 80, 110, 119, 139, 143, 161, 443, 465, 993, 995).<br />
* Knowledge about the differences and major features of UDP, TCP and ICMP.<br />
* Knowledge of the major differences between IPv4 and IPv6. <br />
* Knowledge of the basic features of IPv6.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/services<br />
* ftp<br />
* telnet<br />
* host<br />
* ping<br />
* dig<br />
* traceroute<br />
* tracepath <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.2 Basic network configuration</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to view, change and verify configuration settings on client hosts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces.<br />
* Basic TCP/IP host configuration.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hostname<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* ping <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.3 Basic network troubleshooting</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to troubleshoot networking issues on client hosts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces and routing tables to include adding, starting, stopping, restarting, deleting or reconfiguring network interfaces.<br />
* Change, view, or configure the routing table and correct an improperly set default route manually.<br />
* Debug problems associated with the network configuration. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* host<br />
* hostname<br />
* dig<br />
* netstat<br />
* ping<br />
* traceroute <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.4 Configure client side DNS</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure DNS on a client host. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Demonstrate the use of DNS on the local system.<br />
* Modify the order in which name resolution is done. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 110: Security''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.1 Perform security administration tasks</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should know how to review system configuration to ensure host security in accordance with local security policies. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Audit a system to find files with the suid/sgid bit set.<br />
* Set or change user passwords and password aging information.<br />
* Being able to use nmap and netstat to discover open ports on a system.<br />
* Set up limits on user logins, processes and memory usage.<br />
* Basic sudo configuration and usage. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* passwd<br />
* lsof<br />
* nmap<br />
* chage<br />
* netstat<br />
* sudo<br />
* /etc/sudoers<br />
* su<br />
* usermod<br />
* ulimit <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.2 Setup host security</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" |<br />
<br />
Candidates should know how to set up a basic level of host security. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Awareness of shadow passwords and how they work.<br />
* Turn off network services not in use.<br />
* Understand the role of TCP wrappers. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/nologin<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/xinetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/xinetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/inetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/init.d/*<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow<br />
* /etc/hosts.deny <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.3 Securing data with encryption</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
The candidate should be able to use public key techniques to secure data and communication.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Perform basic OpenSSH 2 client configuration and usage.<br />
* Understand the role of OpenSSH 2 server host keys.<br />
* Perform basic GnuPG configuration, usage and revocation.<br />
* Understand SSH port tunnels (including X11 tunnels).<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ssh<br />
* ssh-keygen<br />
* ssh-agent<br />
* ssh-add<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_rsa and id_rsa.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_dsa and id_dsa.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key and ssh_host_rsa_key.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key and ssh_host_dsa_key.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/authorized_keys<br />
* /etc/ssh_known_hosts<br />
* gpg<br />
* ~/.gnupg/*<br />
<br />
<br />
==Future Change Considerations==<br />
<br />
Future changes to the objective will/may include:<br />
<br />
* update syslog to include (or be replaced by) rsyslog and/or syslog-ng<br />
* add knowledge of GNU Screen (seems more usefull than nohup). Tmux is another option<br />
* include monitoring commands: who, w, last, lastb, lastlog<br />
* update 107.2 to include anacron<br />
* include another monitoring command : watch<br />
* LightDM as alternative to xdm (and others)<br />
* logrotate et al<br />
<br />
<br />
</div></div>
Tolstoy
https://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-1(Persian)&diff=2818
LPIC-1(Persian)
2014-02-11T09:16:48Z
<p>Tolstoy: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
<div dir="rtl" class="mw-content-rtl"><br />
<br />
==معرفی==<br />
<br />
این آزمون برای دریافت LPIC-1 یا LPI certification Level 1 الزامی است. سرفصلها مهارتهای پایه برای یک لینوکس کار حرفهای را در توزیعهای مطرح معمول هستند را پوشش می دهد.<br />
<br />
این صفحه شامل سرفصلهای انتشار یافته برای آزمون LPIC-1 می باشد.-1 certification. <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==ویرایشها==<br />
<br />
این سرفصلها مربوط به به نسخه ۳.۵.۰ هستند<br />
<br />
علاوه بر آن می توانید [[LPIC1AndLPIC2SummaryVersion2To3|خلاصه و جزییات]] تغیر از نسخه 2.X به نسخه 3.5 را مطالعه کنید.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==آزمونها==<br />
<br />
به منظور دریافت مدرک [[LPIC-1]], داوطلبین باید آزمونهای [[LPIC-1_101_v3_5|101]] و [[LPIC-1_102_v3_5|102]] را با موفقیت پشت سر بگذارند.<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-1_101_v3_5|101]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1_102_v3_5|102]]<br />
<br />
==ضمایم==<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه شفاف سازی (Oct 1st, 2012)''===<br />
<br />
* repost of previous clarification.<br />
* added TZ env variable to 107.3 partial file list.<br />
* added .bash_history to 103.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه بروزرسانی نسخه (Jul 2st, 2012)''===<br />
<br />
* updated to version 3.5.0.<br />
* added explicit coverage at the basic configuration level of GRUB 2 to 102.2 key terms list.<br />
* added explicit coverage of the ext4 filesystem to 104.1 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of systemd and Upstart in 101.3 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of IPv6 in 109.1 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of LVM in 102.1 key terms list.<br />
* removed coverage of LILO from 102.2.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیممه شفاف سازی (Oct 1st, 2011)''===<br />
<br />
* added explicit mention of GPG key revocation to 110.3 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیممه شفاف سازی (Apr 1st, 2009)''===<br />
<br />
* dropped X Font Server coverage to awareness level from 106.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیممه شفاف سازی (Jan 1st, 2009)''===<br />
<br />
* added TZ env variable to 107.3 partial file list.<br />
* added .bash_history to 103.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==ترجمه سرفصلها==<br />
<br />
The following translations of the objectives are available on this wiki:<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(Catalan)|Catalan]] (currently 101 only).<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives|English]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(FR)|French]].<br />
* [http://www.lpice.eu/de/lpi-zertifizierungsinhalte.html German].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(Greek)|Greek]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(PT-PT)|Portuguese(Portugal)]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(RU)|Russian]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(ES)|Spanish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(SW)|Swahili]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(SV)|Swedish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(TR)|Turkish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1(Persian)|Persian]].<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==سرفصلهای آزمون ۱۰۱==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 101: System Architecture''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.1 Determine and configure hardware settings</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to determine and configure fundamental system hardware.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Enable and disable integrated peripherals.<br />
* Configure systems with or without external peripherals such as keyboards.<br />
* Differentiate between the various types of mass storage devices.<br />
* Set the correct hardware ID for different devices, especially the boot device.<br />
* Know the differences between coldplug and hotplug devices.<br />
* Determine hardware resources for devices.<br />
* Tools and utilities to list various hardware information (e.g. lsusb, lspci, etc.).<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate USB devices.<br />
* Conceptual understanding of sysfs, udev, hald, dbus.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /sys<br />
* /proc<br />
* /dev<br />
* modprobe<br />
* lsmod<br />
* lspci<br />
* lsusb <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.2 Boot the system</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to guide the system through the booting process.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Provide common commands to the boot loader and options to the kernel at boot time.<br />
* Demonstrate knowledge of the boot sequence from BIOS to boot completion.<br />
* Check boot events in the log files. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /var/log/messages<br />
* dmesg<br />
* BIOS<br />
* bootloader<br />
* kernel<br />
* init <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.3 Change runlevels and shutdown or reboot system </span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage the runlevel of the system. This objective includes changing to single user mode, shutdown or rebooting the system. Candidates should be able to alert users before switching run level and properly terminate processes. This objective also includes setting the default run level. It also includes basic feature knowledge of potential replacements to init.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set the default run level.<br />
* Change between run levels including single user mode.<br />
* Shutdown and reboot from the command line.<br />
* Alert users before switching run levels or other major system event.<br />
* Properly terminate processes. <br />
* Knowledge of basic features of systemd and Upstart.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* shutdown<br />
* init<br />
* /etc/init.d<br />
* telinit <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 102: Linux Installation and Package Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.1 Design hard disk layout</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to design a disk partitioning scheme for a Linux system.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Allocate filesystems and swap space to separate partitions or disks.<br />
* Tailor the design to the intended use of the system.<br />
* Ensure the /boot partition conforms to the hardware architecture requirements for booting. <br />
* Knowledge of basic features of LVM.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* / (root) filesystem.<br />
* /var filesystem.<br />
* /home filesystem.<br />
* swap space.<br />
* mount points.<br />
* partitions.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.2 Install a boot manager</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to select, install and configure a boot manager.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Providing alternative boot locations and backup boot options.<br />
* Install and configure a boot loader such as GRUB Legacy.<br />
* Perform basic configuration changes for GRUB 2.<br />
* Interact with the boot loader. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /boot/grub/menu.lst, grub.cfg and other variations.<br />
* grub-install.<br />
* MBR.<br />
* superblock.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.3 Manage shared libraries</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to determine the shared libraries that executable programs depend on and install them when necessary.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Identify shared libraries.<br />
* Identify the typical locations of system libraries.<br />
* Load shared libraries. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ldd<br />
* ldconfig<br />
* /etc/ld.so.conf<br />
* LD_LIBRARY_PATH <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.4 Use Debian package management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform package management using the Debian package tools.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Install, upgrade and uninstall Debian binary packages.<br />
* Find packages containing specific files or libraries which may or may not be installed.<br />
* Obtain package information like version, content, dependencies, package integrity and installation status (whether or not the package is installed).<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/apt/sources.list<br />
* dpkg<br />
* dpkg-reconfigure<br />
* apt-get<br />
* apt-cache<br />
* aptitude <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.5 Use RPM and YUM package management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform package management using RPM and YUM tools.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Install, re-install, upgrade and remove packages using RPM and YUM.<br />
<br />
* Obtain information on RPM packages such as version, status, dependencies, integrity and signatures.<br />
* Determine what files a package provides, as well as find which package a specific file comes from. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* rpm<br />
* rpm2cpio<br />
* /etc/yum.conf<br />
* /etc/yum.repos.d/<br />
* yum<br />
* yumdownloader <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 103: GNU and Unix Commands''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.1 Work on the command line</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to interact with shells and commands using the command line. The objective assumes the bash shell.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use single shell commands and one line command sequences to perform basic tasks on the command line.<br />
* Use and modify the shell environment including defining, referencing and exporting environment variables.<br />
* Use and edit command history.<br />
* Invoke commands inside and outside the defined path. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* .<br />
* bash<br />
* echo<br />
* env<br />
* exec<br />
* export<br />
* pwd<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* man<br />
* uname<br />
* history <br />
* .bash_history<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.2 Process text streams using filters</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should should be able to apply filters to text streams. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Send text files and output streams through text utility filters to modify the output using standard UNIX commands found in the GNU textutils package. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* cat<br />
* cut<br />
* expand<br />
* fmt<br />
* head<br />
* od<br />
* join<br />
* nl<br />
* paste<br />
* pr<br />
* sed<br />
* sort<br />
* split<br />
* tail<br />
* tr<br />
* unexpand<br />
* uniq<br />
* wc <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.3 Perform basic file management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to use the basic Linux commands to manage files and directories.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Copy, move and remove files and directories individually.<br />
* Copy multiple files and directories recursively.<br />
* Remove files and directories recursively.<br />
* Use simple and advanced wildcard specifications in commands.<br />
* Using find to locate and act on files based on type, size, or time.<br />
* Usage of tar, cpio and dd. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* cp<br />
* find<br />
* mkdir<br />
* mv<br />
* ls<br />
* rm<br />
* rmdir<br />
* touch<br />
* tar<br />
* cpio<br />
* dd<br />
* file<br />
* gzip<br />
* gunzip<br />
* bzip2<br />
* file globbing <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.4 Use streams, pipes and redirects</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to redirect streams and connect them in order to efficiently process textual data. Tasks include redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error, piping the output of one command to the input of another command, using the output of one command as arguments to another command and sending output to both stdout and a file.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error.<br />
* Pipe the output of one command to the input of another command.<br />
* Use the output of one command as arguments to another command.<br />
* Send output to both stdout and a file. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* tee<br />
* xargs <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.5 Create, monitor and kill processes</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform basic process management. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Run jobs in the foreground and background.<br />
* Signal a program to continue running after logout.<br />
* Monitor active processes.<br />
* Select and sort processes for display.<br />
* Send signals to processes. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* &<br />
* bg<br />
* fg<br />
* jobs<br />
* kill<br />
* nohup<br />
* ps<br />
* top<br />
* free<br />
* uptime<br />
* killall <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.6 Modify process execution priorities</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should should be able to manage process execution priorities. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Know the default priority of a job that is created.<br />
* Run a program with higher or lower priority than the default.<br />
* Change the priority of a running process. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* nice<br />
* ps<br />
* renice<br />
* top <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.7 Search text files using regular expressions</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manipulate files and text data using regular expressions. This objective includes creating simple regular expressions containing several notational elements. It also includes using regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Create simple regular expressions containing several notational elements.<br />
* Use regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* grep<br />
* egrep<br />
* fgrep<br />
* sed<br />
* regex(7) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.8 Perform basic file editing operations using vi</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to edit text files using vi. This objective includes vi navigation, basic vi modes, inserting, editing, deleting, copying and finding text.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Navigate a document using vi.<br />
* Use basic vi modes.<br />
* Insert, edit, delete, copy and find text.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* vi<br />
* /, ?<br />
* h,j,k,l<br />
* i, o, a<br />
* c, d, p, y, dd, yy<br />
* ZZ, :w!, :q!, :e! <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 104: Devices, Linux Filesystems, Filesystem Hierarchy Standard''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.1 Create partitions and filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure disk partitions and then create filesystems on media such as hard disks. This includes the handling of swap partitions.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use various mkfs commands to set up partitions and create various filesystems such as:<br />
** ext2/ext3/ext4<br />
** xfs<br />
** reiserfs v3<br />
** vfat <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* fdisk<br />
* mkfs<br />
* mkswap <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.2 Maintain the integrity of filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to maintain a standard filesystem, as well as the extra data associated with a journaling filesystem.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Verify the integrity of filesystems.<br />
* Monitor free space and inodes.<br />
* Repair simple filesystem problems. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* du<br />
* df<br />
* fsck<br />
* e2fsck<br />
* mke2fs<br />
* debugfs<br />
* dumpe2fs<br />
* tune2fs<br />
* xfs tools (such as xfs_metadump and xfs_info) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.3 Control mounting and unmounting of filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure the mounting of a filesystem.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually mount and unmount filesystems.<br />
* Configure filesystem mounting on bootup.<br />
* Configure user mountable removable filesystems. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* /media<br />
* mount<br />
* umount <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.4 Manage disk quotas</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage disk quotas for users. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set up a disk quota for a filesystem.<br />
* Edit, check and generate user quota reports. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* quota<br />
* edquota<br />
* repquota<br />
* quotaon <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.5 Manage file permissions and ownership</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to control file access through the proper use of permissions and ownerships. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage access permissions on regular and special files as well as directories.<br />
* Use access modes such as suid, sgid and the sticky bit to maintain security.<br />
* Know how to change the file creation mask.<br />
* Use the group field to grant file access to group members. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* chmod<br />
* umask<br />
* chown<br />
* chgrp <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.6 Create and change hard and symbolic links</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to create and manage hard and symbolic links to a file. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Create links.<br />
* Identify hard and/or soft links.<br />
* Copying versus linking files.<br />
* Use links to support system administration tasks.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ln<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.7 Find system files and place files in the correct location</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be thoroughly familiar with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS), including typical file locations and directory classifications.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Understand the correct locations of files under the FHS.<br />
* Find files and commands on a Linux system.<br />
* Know the location and purpose of important file and directories as defined in the FHS. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* locate<br />
* updatedb<br />
* whereis<br />
* which<br />
* type<br />
* /etc/updatedb.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 102==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 105: Shells, Scripting and Data Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.1 Customize and use the shell environment</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to customize shell environments to meet users' needs. Candidates should be able to modify global and user profiles.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set environment variables (e.g. PATH) at login or when spawning a new shell.<br />
* Write BASH functions for frequently used sequences of commands.<br />
* Maintain skeleton directories for new user accounts.<br />
* Set command search path with the proper directory. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/profile<br />
* env<br />
* export<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* ~/.bash_profile<br />
* ~/.bash_login<br />
* ~/.profile<br />
* ~/.bashrc<br />
* ~/.bash_logout<br />
* function<br />
* alias<br />
* lists <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.2 Customize or write simple scripts</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to customize existing scripts, or write simple new BASH scripts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use standard sh syntax (loops, tests).<br />
* Use command substitution.<br />
* Test return values for success or failure or other information provided by a command.<br />
* Perform conditional mailing to the superuser.<br />
* Correctly select the script interpreter through the shebang (#!) line.<br />
* Manage the location, ownership, execution and suid-rights of scripts. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* for<br />
* while<br />
* test<br />
* if<br />
* read<br />
* seq <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.3 SQL data management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to query databases and manipulate data using basic SQL commands. This objective includes performing queries involving joining of 2 tables and/or subselects.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use of basic SQL commands.<br />
* Perform basic data manipulation. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* insert<br />
* update<br />
* select<br />
* delete<br />
* from<br />
* where<br />
* group by<br />
* order by<br />
* join <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 106: User Interfaces and Desktops''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.1 Install and configure X11</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to install and configure X11. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Verify that the video card and monitor are supported by an X server.<br />
* Awareness of the X font server.<br />
* Basic understanding and knowledge of the X Window configuration file. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/X11/xorg.conf<br />
* xhost<br />
* DISPLAY<br />
* xwininfo<br />
* xdpyinfo<br />
* X <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.2 Setup a display manager</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to setup and customize a display manager. This objective covers the display managers XDM (X Display Manger), GDM (Gnome Display Manager) and KDM (KDE Display Manager).<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Turn the display manager on or off.<br />
* Change the display manager greeting.<br />
* Change default color depth for the display manager.<br />
* Configure display managers for use by X-stations. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* xdm configuration files<br />
* kdm configuration files<br />
* gdm configuration files <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.3 Accessibility</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Demonstrate knowledge and awareness of accessibility technologies. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Keyboard Accessibility Settings (AccessX).<br />
* Visual Settings and Themes.<br />
* Assistive Technology (ATs).<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* Sticky/Repeat Keys.<br />
* Slow/Bounce/Toggle Keys.<br />
* Mouse Keys.<br />
* High Contrast/Large Print Desktop Themes.<br />
* Screen Reader.<br />
* Braille Display.<br />
* Screen Magnifier.<br />
* On-Screen Keyboard.<br />
* Gestures (used at login, for example gdm).<br />
* Orca.<br />
* GOK.<br />
* emacspeak.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 107: Administrative Tasks''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.1 Manage user and group accounts and related system files</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to add, remove, suspend and change user accounts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Add, modify and remove users and groups.<br />
* Manage user/group info in password/group databases.<br />
* Create and manage special purpose and limited accounts. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/group<br />
* /etc/skel<br />
* chage<br />
* groupadd<br />
* groupdel<br />
* groupmod<br />
* passwd<br />
* useradd<br />
* userdel<br />
* usermod <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.2 Automate system administration tasks by scheduling jobs</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to use cron or anacron to run jobs at regular intervals and to use at to run jobs at a specific time. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage cron and at jobs.<br />
* Configure user access to cron and at services. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/cron.{d,daily,hourly,monthly,weekly}<br />
* /etc/at.deny<br />
* /etc/at.allow<br />
* /etc/crontab<br />
* /etc/cron.allow<br />
* /etc/cron.deny<br />
* /var/spool/cron/*<br />
* crontab<br />
* at<br />
* atq<br />
* atrm <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.3 Localisation and internationalisation</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to localize a system in a different language than English. As well, an understanding of why LANG=C is useful when scripting.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Locale settings.<br />
* Timezone settings.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* Environment variables:<br />
** LC_*<br />
** LC_ALL<br />
** LANG<br />
** TZ<br />
* /usr/bin/locale<br />
* tzselect<br />
* tzconfig<br />
* date<br />
* iconv<br />
* UTF-8<br />
* ISO-8859<br />
* ASCII<br />
* Unicode <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 108: Essential System Services''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.1 Maintain system time</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to properly maintain the system time and synchronize the clock via NTP.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set the system date and time.<br />
* Set the hardware clock to the correct time in UTC.<br />
* Configure the correct timezone.<br />
* Basic NTP configuration.<br />
* Knowledge of using the pool.ntp.org service.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /etc/ntp.conf<br />
* date<br />
* hwclock<br />
* ntpd<br />
* ntpdate<br />
* pool.ntp.org <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.2 System logging</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure the syslog daemon. This objective also includes configuring the logging daemon to send log output to a central log server or accept log output as a central log server.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* syslog configuration files.<br />
* syslog.<br />
* standard facilities, priorities and actions.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* syslog.conf<br />
* syslogd<br />
* klogd<br />
* logger <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.3 Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) basics</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be aware of the commonly available MTA programs and be able to perform basic forward and alias configuration on a client host. Other configuration files are not covered.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Create e-mail aliases.<br />
* Configure e-mail forwarding.<br />
* Knowledge of commonly available MTA programs (postfix, sendmail, qmail, exim) (no configuration) <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ~/.forward<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
* newaliases<br />
* mail<br />
* mailq<br />
* postfix<br />
* sendmail<br />
* exim<br />
* qmail <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.4 Manage printers and printing</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage print queues and user print jobs using CUPS and the LPD compatibility interface. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Basic CUPS configuration (for local and remote printers).<br />
* Manage user print queues.<br />
* Troubleshoot general printing problems.<br />
* Add and remove jobs from configured printer queues. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* CUPS configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* /etc/cups<br />
* lpd legacy interface (lpr, lprm, lpq) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 109: Networking Fundamentals''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.1 Fundamentals of internet protocols</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should demonstrate a proper understanding of TCP/IP network fundamentals. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Demonstrate an understanding network masks.<br />
* Knowledge of the differences between private and public "dotted quad" IP-Addresses.<br />
* Setting a default route.<br />
* Knowledge about common TCP and UDP ports (20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 53, 80, 110, 119, 139, 143, 161, 443, 465, 993, 995).<br />
* Knowledge about the differences and major features of UDP, TCP and ICMP.<br />
* Knowledge of the major differences between IPv4 and IPv6. <br />
* Knowledge of the basic features of IPv6.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/services<br />
* ftp<br />
* telnet<br />
* host<br />
* ping<br />
* dig<br />
* traceroute<br />
* tracepath <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.2 Basic network configuration</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to view, change and verify configuration settings on client hosts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces.<br />
* Basic TCP/IP host configuration.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hostname<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* ping <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.3 Basic network troubleshooting</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to troubleshoot networking issues on client hosts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces and routing tables to include adding, starting, stopping, restarting, deleting or reconfiguring network interfaces.<br />
* Change, view, or configure the routing table and correct an improperly set default route manually.<br />
* Debug problems associated with the network configuration. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* host<br />
* hostname<br />
* dig<br />
* netstat<br />
* ping<br />
* traceroute <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.4 Configure client side DNS</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure DNS on a client host. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Demonstrate the use of DNS on the local system.<br />
* Modify the order in which name resolution is done. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 110: Security''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.1 Perform security administration tasks</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should know how to review system configuration to ensure host security in accordance with local security policies. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Audit a system to find files with the suid/sgid bit set.<br />
* Set or change user passwords and password aging information.<br />
* Being able to use nmap and netstat to discover open ports on a system.<br />
* Set up limits on user logins, processes and memory usage.<br />
* Basic sudo configuration and usage. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* passwd<br />
* lsof<br />
* nmap<br />
* chage<br />
* netstat<br />
* sudo<br />
* /etc/sudoers<br />
* su<br />
* usermod<br />
* ulimit <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.2 Setup host security</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" |<br />
<br />
Candidates should know how to set up a basic level of host security. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Awareness of shadow passwords and how they work.<br />
* Turn off network services not in use.<br />
* Understand the role of TCP wrappers. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/nologin<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/xinetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/xinetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/inetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/init.d/*<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow<br />
* /etc/hosts.deny <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.3 Securing data with encryption</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
The candidate should be able to use public key techniques to secure data and communication.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Perform basic OpenSSH 2 client configuration and usage.<br />
* Understand the role of OpenSSH 2 server host keys.<br />
* Perform basic GnuPG configuration, usage and revocation.<br />
* Understand SSH port tunnels (including X11 tunnels).<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ssh<br />
* ssh-keygen<br />
* ssh-agent<br />
* ssh-add<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_rsa and id_rsa.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_dsa and id_dsa.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key and ssh_host_rsa_key.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key and ssh_host_dsa_key.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/authorized_keys<br />
* /etc/ssh_known_hosts<br />
* gpg<br />
* ~/.gnupg/*<br />
<br />
<br />
==Future Change Considerations==<br />
<br />
Future changes to the objective will/may include:<br />
<br />
* update syslog to include (or be replaced by) rsyslog and/or syslog-ng<br />
* add knowledge of GNU Screen (seems more usefull than nohup). Tmux is another option<br />
* include monitoring commands: who, w, last, lastb, lastlog<br />
* update 107.2 to include anacron<br />
* include another monitoring command : watch<br />
* LightDM as alternative to xdm (and others)<br />
* logrotate et al<br />
<br />
<br />
</div></div>
Tolstoy
https://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-1(Persian)&diff=2817
LPIC-1(Persian)
2014-02-11T09:12:46Z
<p>Tolstoy: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
<div dir="rtl" class="mw-content-rtl"><br />
<br />
==معرفی==<br />
<br />
این آزمون برای دریافت LPIC-1 یا LPI certification Level 1 الزامی است. سرفصلها مهارتهای پایه برای یک لینوکس کار حرفهای را در توزیعهای مطرح معمول هستند را پوشش می دهد.<br />
<br />
این صفحه شامل سرفصلهای انتشار یافته برای آزمون LPIC-1 می باشد.-1 certification. <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==ویرایشها==<br />
<br />
این سرفصلها مربوط به به نسخه ۳.۵.۰ هستند<br />
<br />
This is also a [[LPIC1AndLPIC2SummaryVersion2To3|summary and detailed information]] on the changes from version 2.x to 3.0 of the objectives.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Exams==<br />
<br />
به منظور دریافت مدرک [[LPIC-1]], داوطلبین باید آزمونهای [[LPIC-1_101_v3_5|101]] و [[LPIC-1_102_v3_5|102]] را با موفقیت پشت سر بگذارند.<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-1_101_v3_5|101]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1_102_v3_5|102]]<br />
<br />
==Addenda==<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه شفاف سازی (Oct 1st, 2012)''===<br />
<br />
* repost of previous clarification.<br />
* added TZ env variable to 107.3 partial file list.<br />
* added .bash_history to 103.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیمه بروزرسانی نسخه (Jul 2st, 2012)''===<br />
<br />
* updated to version 3.5.0.<br />
* added explicit coverage at the basic configuration level of GRUB 2 to 102.2 key terms list.<br />
* added explicit coverage of the ext4 filesystem to 104.1 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of systemd and Upstart in 101.3 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of IPv6 in 109.1 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of LVM in 102.1 key terms list.<br />
* removed coverage of LILO from 102.2.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیممه شفاف سازی (Oct 1st, 2011)''===<br />
<br />
* added explicit mention of GPG key revocation to 110.3 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیممه شفاف سازی (Apr 1st, 2009)''===<br />
<br />
* dropped X Font Server coverage to awareness level from 106.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''ضمیممه شفاف سازی (Jan 1st, 2009)''===<br />
<br />
* added TZ env variable to 107.3 partial file list.<br />
* added .bash_history to 103.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==ترجمه سرفصلها==<br />
<br />
The following translations of the objectives are available on this wiki:<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(Catalan)|Catalan]] (currently 101 only).<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives|English]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(FR)|French]].<br />
* [http://www.lpice.eu/de/lpi-zertifizierungsinhalte.html German].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(Greek)|Greek]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(PT-PT)|Portuguese(Portugal)]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(RU)|Russian]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(ES)|Spanish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(SW)|Swahili]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(SV)|Swedish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(TR)|Turkish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1(Persian)|Persian]].<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==سرفصلهای آزمون ۱۰۱==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 101: System Architecture''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.1 Determine and configure hardware settings</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to determine and configure fundamental system hardware.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Enable and disable integrated peripherals.<br />
* Configure systems with or without external peripherals such as keyboards.<br />
* Differentiate between the various types of mass storage devices.<br />
* Set the correct hardware ID for different devices, especially the boot device.<br />
* Know the differences between coldplug and hotplug devices.<br />
* Determine hardware resources for devices.<br />
* Tools and utilities to list various hardware information (e.g. lsusb, lspci, etc.).<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate USB devices.<br />
* Conceptual understanding of sysfs, udev, hald, dbus.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /sys<br />
* /proc<br />
* /dev<br />
* modprobe<br />
* lsmod<br />
* lspci<br />
* lsusb <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.2 Boot the system</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to guide the system through the booting process.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Provide common commands to the boot loader and options to the kernel at boot time.<br />
* Demonstrate knowledge of the boot sequence from BIOS to boot completion.<br />
* Check boot events in the log files. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /var/log/messages<br />
* dmesg<br />
* BIOS<br />
* bootloader<br />
* kernel<br />
* init <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.3 Change runlevels and shutdown or reboot system </span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage the runlevel of the system. This objective includes changing to single user mode, shutdown or rebooting the system. Candidates should be able to alert users before switching run level and properly terminate processes. This objective also includes setting the default run level. It also includes basic feature knowledge of potential replacements to init.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set the default run level.<br />
* Change between run levels including single user mode.<br />
* Shutdown and reboot from the command line.<br />
* Alert users before switching run levels or other major system event.<br />
* Properly terminate processes. <br />
* Knowledge of basic features of systemd and Upstart.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* shutdown<br />
* init<br />
* /etc/init.d<br />
* telinit <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 102: Linux Installation and Package Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.1 Design hard disk layout</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to design a disk partitioning scheme for a Linux system.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Allocate filesystems and swap space to separate partitions or disks.<br />
* Tailor the design to the intended use of the system.<br />
* Ensure the /boot partition conforms to the hardware architecture requirements for booting. <br />
* Knowledge of basic features of LVM.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* / (root) filesystem.<br />
* /var filesystem.<br />
* /home filesystem.<br />
* swap space.<br />
* mount points.<br />
* partitions.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.2 Install a boot manager</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to select, install and configure a boot manager.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Providing alternative boot locations and backup boot options.<br />
* Install and configure a boot loader such as GRUB Legacy.<br />
* Perform basic configuration changes for GRUB 2.<br />
* Interact with the boot loader. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /boot/grub/menu.lst, grub.cfg and other variations.<br />
* grub-install.<br />
* MBR.<br />
* superblock.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.3 Manage shared libraries</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to determine the shared libraries that executable programs depend on and install them when necessary.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Identify shared libraries.<br />
* Identify the typical locations of system libraries.<br />
* Load shared libraries. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ldd<br />
* ldconfig<br />
* /etc/ld.so.conf<br />
* LD_LIBRARY_PATH <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.4 Use Debian package management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform package management using the Debian package tools.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Install, upgrade and uninstall Debian binary packages.<br />
* Find packages containing specific files or libraries which may or may not be installed.<br />
* Obtain package information like version, content, dependencies, package integrity and installation status (whether or not the package is installed).<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/apt/sources.list<br />
* dpkg<br />
* dpkg-reconfigure<br />
* apt-get<br />
* apt-cache<br />
* aptitude <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.5 Use RPM and YUM package management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform package management using RPM and YUM tools.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Install, re-install, upgrade and remove packages using RPM and YUM.<br />
<br />
* Obtain information on RPM packages such as version, status, dependencies, integrity and signatures.<br />
* Determine what files a package provides, as well as find which package a specific file comes from. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* rpm<br />
* rpm2cpio<br />
* /etc/yum.conf<br />
* /etc/yum.repos.d/<br />
* yum<br />
* yumdownloader <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 103: GNU and Unix Commands''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.1 Work on the command line</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to interact with shells and commands using the command line. The objective assumes the bash shell.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use single shell commands and one line command sequences to perform basic tasks on the command line.<br />
* Use and modify the shell environment including defining, referencing and exporting environment variables.<br />
* Use and edit command history.<br />
* Invoke commands inside and outside the defined path. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* .<br />
* bash<br />
* echo<br />
* env<br />
* exec<br />
* export<br />
* pwd<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* man<br />
* uname<br />
* history <br />
* .bash_history<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.2 Process text streams using filters</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should should be able to apply filters to text streams. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Send text files and output streams through text utility filters to modify the output using standard UNIX commands found in the GNU textutils package. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* cat<br />
* cut<br />
* expand<br />
* fmt<br />
* head<br />
* od<br />
* join<br />
* nl<br />
* paste<br />
* pr<br />
* sed<br />
* sort<br />
* split<br />
* tail<br />
* tr<br />
* unexpand<br />
* uniq<br />
* wc <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.3 Perform basic file management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to use the basic Linux commands to manage files and directories.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Copy, move and remove files and directories individually.<br />
* Copy multiple files and directories recursively.<br />
* Remove files and directories recursively.<br />
* Use simple and advanced wildcard specifications in commands.<br />
* Using find to locate and act on files based on type, size, or time.<br />
* Usage of tar, cpio and dd. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* cp<br />
* find<br />
* mkdir<br />
* mv<br />
* ls<br />
* rm<br />
* rmdir<br />
* touch<br />
* tar<br />
* cpio<br />
* dd<br />
* file<br />
* gzip<br />
* gunzip<br />
* bzip2<br />
* file globbing <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.4 Use streams, pipes and redirects</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to redirect streams and connect them in order to efficiently process textual data. Tasks include redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error, piping the output of one command to the input of another command, using the output of one command as arguments to another command and sending output to both stdout and a file.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error.<br />
* Pipe the output of one command to the input of another command.<br />
* Use the output of one command as arguments to another command.<br />
* Send output to both stdout and a file. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* tee<br />
* xargs <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.5 Create, monitor and kill processes</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform basic process management. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Run jobs in the foreground and background.<br />
* Signal a program to continue running after logout.<br />
* Monitor active processes.<br />
* Select and sort processes for display.<br />
* Send signals to processes. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* &<br />
* bg<br />
* fg<br />
* jobs<br />
* kill<br />
* nohup<br />
* ps<br />
* top<br />
* free<br />
* uptime<br />
* killall <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.6 Modify process execution priorities</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should should be able to manage process execution priorities. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Know the default priority of a job that is created.<br />
* Run a program with higher or lower priority than the default.<br />
* Change the priority of a running process. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* nice<br />
* ps<br />
* renice<br />
* top <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.7 Search text files using regular expressions</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manipulate files and text data using regular expressions. This objective includes creating simple regular expressions containing several notational elements. It also includes using regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Create simple regular expressions containing several notational elements.<br />
* Use regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* grep<br />
* egrep<br />
* fgrep<br />
* sed<br />
* regex(7) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.8 Perform basic file editing operations using vi</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to edit text files using vi. This objective includes vi navigation, basic vi modes, inserting, editing, deleting, copying and finding text.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Navigate a document using vi.<br />
* Use basic vi modes.<br />
* Insert, edit, delete, copy and find text.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* vi<br />
* /, ?<br />
* h,j,k,l<br />
* i, o, a<br />
* c, d, p, y, dd, yy<br />
* ZZ, :w!, :q!, :e! <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 104: Devices, Linux Filesystems, Filesystem Hierarchy Standard''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.1 Create partitions and filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure disk partitions and then create filesystems on media such as hard disks. This includes the handling of swap partitions.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use various mkfs commands to set up partitions and create various filesystems such as:<br />
** ext2/ext3/ext4<br />
** xfs<br />
** reiserfs v3<br />
** vfat <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* fdisk<br />
* mkfs<br />
* mkswap <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.2 Maintain the integrity of filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to maintain a standard filesystem, as well as the extra data associated with a journaling filesystem.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Verify the integrity of filesystems.<br />
* Monitor free space and inodes.<br />
* Repair simple filesystem problems. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* du<br />
* df<br />
* fsck<br />
* e2fsck<br />
* mke2fs<br />
* debugfs<br />
* dumpe2fs<br />
* tune2fs<br />
* xfs tools (such as xfs_metadump and xfs_info) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.3 Control mounting and unmounting of filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure the mounting of a filesystem.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually mount and unmount filesystems.<br />
* Configure filesystem mounting on bootup.<br />
* Configure user mountable removable filesystems. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* /media<br />
* mount<br />
* umount <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.4 Manage disk quotas</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage disk quotas for users. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set up a disk quota for a filesystem.<br />
* Edit, check and generate user quota reports. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* quota<br />
* edquota<br />
* repquota<br />
* quotaon <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.5 Manage file permissions and ownership</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to control file access through the proper use of permissions and ownerships. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage access permissions on regular and special files as well as directories.<br />
* Use access modes such as suid, sgid and the sticky bit to maintain security.<br />
* Know how to change the file creation mask.<br />
* Use the group field to grant file access to group members. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* chmod<br />
* umask<br />
* chown<br />
* chgrp <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.6 Create and change hard and symbolic links</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to create and manage hard and symbolic links to a file. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Create links.<br />
* Identify hard and/or soft links.<br />
* Copying versus linking files.<br />
* Use links to support system administration tasks.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ln<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.7 Find system files and place files in the correct location</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be thoroughly familiar with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS), including typical file locations and directory classifications.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Understand the correct locations of files under the FHS.<br />
* Find files and commands on a Linux system.<br />
* Know the location and purpose of important file and directories as defined in the FHS. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* locate<br />
* updatedb<br />
* whereis<br />
* which<br />
* type<br />
* /etc/updatedb.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 102==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 105: Shells, Scripting and Data Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.1 Customize and use the shell environment</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to customize shell environments to meet users' needs. Candidates should be able to modify global and user profiles.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set environment variables (e.g. PATH) at login or when spawning a new shell.<br />
* Write BASH functions for frequently used sequences of commands.<br />
* Maintain skeleton directories for new user accounts.<br />
* Set command search path with the proper directory. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/profile<br />
* env<br />
* export<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* ~/.bash_profile<br />
* ~/.bash_login<br />
* ~/.profile<br />
* ~/.bashrc<br />
* ~/.bash_logout<br />
* function<br />
* alias<br />
* lists <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.2 Customize or write simple scripts</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to customize existing scripts, or write simple new BASH scripts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use standard sh syntax (loops, tests).<br />
* Use command substitution.<br />
* Test return values for success or failure or other information provided by a command.<br />
* Perform conditional mailing to the superuser.<br />
* Correctly select the script interpreter through the shebang (#!) line.<br />
* Manage the location, ownership, execution and suid-rights of scripts. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* for<br />
* while<br />
* test<br />
* if<br />
* read<br />
* seq <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.3 SQL data management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to query databases and manipulate data using basic SQL commands. This objective includes performing queries involving joining of 2 tables and/or subselects.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use of basic SQL commands.<br />
* Perform basic data manipulation. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* insert<br />
* update<br />
* select<br />
* delete<br />
* from<br />
* where<br />
* group by<br />
* order by<br />
* join <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 106: User Interfaces and Desktops''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.1 Install and configure X11</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to install and configure X11. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Verify that the video card and monitor are supported by an X server.<br />
* Awareness of the X font server.<br />
* Basic understanding and knowledge of the X Window configuration file. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/X11/xorg.conf<br />
* xhost<br />
* DISPLAY<br />
* xwininfo<br />
* xdpyinfo<br />
* X <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.2 Setup a display manager</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to setup and customize a display manager. This objective covers the display managers XDM (X Display Manger), GDM (Gnome Display Manager) and KDM (KDE Display Manager).<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Turn the display manager on or off.<br />
* Change the display manager greeting.<br />
* Change default color depth for the display manager.<br />
* Configure display managers for use by X-stations. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* xdm configuration files<br />
* kdm configuration files<br />
* gdm configuration files <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.3 Accessibility</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Demonstrate knowledge and awareness of accessibility technologies. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Keyboard Accessibility Settings (AccessX).<br />
* Visual Settings and Themes.<br />
* Assistive Technology (ATs).<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* Sticky/Repeat Keys.<br />
* Slow/Bounce/Toggle Keys.<br />
* Mouse Keys.<br />
* High Contrast/Large Print Desktop Themes.<br />
* Screen Reader.<br />
* Braille Display.<br />
* Screen Magnifier.<br />
* On-Screen Keyboard.<br />
* Gestures (used at login, for example gdm).<br />
* Orca.<br />
* GOK.<br />
* emacspeak.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 107: Administrative Tasks''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.1 Manage user and group accounts and related system files</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to add, remove, suspend and change user accounts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Add, modify and remove users and groups.<br />
* Manage user/group info in password/group databases.<br />
* Create and manage special purpose and limited accounts. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/group<br />
* /etc/skel<br />
* chage<br />
* groupadd<br />
* groupdel<br />
* groupmod<br />
* passwd<br />
* useradd<br />
* userdel<br />
* usermod <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.2 Automate system administration tasks by scheduling jobs</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to use cron or anacron to run jobs at regular intervals and to use at to run jobs at a specific time. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage cron and at jobs.<br />
* Configure user access to cron and at services. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/cron.{d,daily,hourly,monthly,weekly}<br />
* /etc/at.deny<br />
* /etc/at.allow<br />
* /etc/crontab<br />
* /etc/cron.allow<br />
* /etc/cron.deny<br />
* /var/spool/cron/*<br />
* crontab<br />
* at<br />
* atq<br />
* atrm <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.3 Localisation and internationalisation</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to localize a system in a different language than English. As well, an understanding of why LANG=C is useful when scripting.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Locale settings.<br />
* Timezone settings.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* Environment variables:<br />
** LC_*<br />
** LC_ALL<br />
** LANG<br />
** TZ<br />
* /usr/bin/locale<br />
* tzselect<br />
* tzconfig<br />
* date<br />
* iconv<br />
* UTF-8<br />
* ISO-8859<br />
* ASCII<br />
* Unicode <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 108: Essential System Services''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.1 Maintain system time</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to properly maintain the system time and synchronize the clock via NTP.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set the system date and time.<br />
* Set the hardware clock to the correct time in UTC.<br />
* Configure the correct timezone.<br />
* Basic NTP configuration.<br />
* Knowledge of using the pool.ntp.org service.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /etc/ntp.conf<br />
* date<br />
* hwclock<br />
* ntpd<br />
* ntpdate<br />
* pool.ntp.org <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.2 System logging</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure the syslog daemon. This objective also includes configuring the logging daemon to send log output to a central log server or accept log output as a central log server.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* syslog configuration files.<br />
* syslog.<br />
* standard facilities, priorities and actions.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* syslog.conf<br />
* syslogd<br />
* klogd<br />
* logger <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.3 Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) basics</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be aware of the commonly available MTA programs and be able to perform basic forward and alias configuration on a client host. Other configuration files are not covered.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Create e-mail aliases.<br />
* Configure e-mail forwarding.<br />
* Knowledge of commonly available MTA programs (postfix, sendmail, qmail, exim) (no configuration) <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ~/.forward<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
* newaliases<br />
* mail<br />
* mailq<br />
* postfix<br />
* sendmail<br />
* exim<br />
* qmail <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.4 Manage printers and printing</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage print queues and user print jobs using CUPS and the LPD compatibility interface. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Basic CUPS configuration (for local and remote printers).<br />
* Manage user print queues.<br />
* Troubleshoot general printing problems.<br />
* Add and remove jobs from configured printer queues. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* CUPS configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* /etc/cups<br />
* lpd legacy interface (lpr, lprm, lpq) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 109: Networking Fundamentals''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.1 Fundamentals of internet protocols</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should demonstrate a proper understanding of TCP/IP network fundamentals. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Demonstrate an understanding network masks.<br />
* Knowledge of the differences between private and public "dotted quad" IP-Addresses.<br />
* Setting a default route.<br />
* Knowledge about common TCP and UDP ports (20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 53, 80, 110, 119, 139, 143, 161, 443, 465, 993, 995).<br />
* Knowledge about the differences and major features of UDP, TCP and ICMP.<br />
* Knowledge of the major differences between IPv4 and IPv6. <br />
* Knowledge of the basic features of IPv6.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/services<br />
* ftp<br />
* telnet<br />
* host<br />
* ping<br />
* dig<br />
* traceroute<br />
* tracepath <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.2 Basic network configuration</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to view, change and verify configuration settings on client hosts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces.<br />
* Basic TCP/IP host configuration.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hostname<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* ping <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.3 Basic network troubleshooting</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to troubleshoot networking issues on client hosts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces and routing tables to include adding, starting, stopping, restarting, deleting or reconfiguring network interfaces.<br />
* Change, view, or configure the routing table and correct an improperly set default route manually.<br />
* Debug problems associated with the network configuration. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* host<br />
* hostname<br />
* dig<br />
* netstat<br />
* ping<br />
* traceroute <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.4 Configure client side DNS</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure DNS on a client host. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Demonstrate the use of DNS on the local system.<br />
* Modify the order in which name resolution is done. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 110: Security''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.1 Perform security administration tasks</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should know how to review system configuration to ensure host security in accordance with local security policies. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Audit a system to find files with the suid/sgid bit set.<br />
* Set or change user passwords and password aging information.<br />
* Being able to use nmap and netstat to discover open ports on a system.<br />
* Set up limits on user logins, processes and memory usage.<br />
* Basic sudo configuration and usage. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* passwd<br />
* lsof<br />
* nmap<br />
* chage<br />
* netstat<br />
* sudo<br />
* /etc/sudoers<br />
* su<br />
* usermod<br />
* ulimit <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.2 Setup host security</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" |<br />
<br />
Candidates should know how to set up a basic level of host security. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Awareness of shadow passwords and how they work.<br />
* Turn off network services not in use.<br />
* Understand the role of TCP wrappers. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/nologin<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/xinetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/xinetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/inetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/init.d/*<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow<br />
* /etc/hosts.deny <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.3 Securing data with encryption</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
The candidate should be able to use public key techniques to secure data and communication.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Perform basic OpenSSH 2 client configuration and usage.<br />
* Understand the role of OpenSSH 2 server host keys.<br />
* Perform basic GnuPG configuration, usage and revocation.<br />
* Understand SSH port tunnels (including X11 tunnels).<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ssh<br />
* ssh-keygen<br />
* ssh-agent<br />
* ssh-add<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_rsa and id_rsa.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_dsa and id_dsa.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key and ssh_host_rsa_key.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key and ssh_host_dsa_key.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/authorized_keys<br />
* /etc/ssh_known_hosts<br />
* gpg<br />
* ~/.gnupg/*<br />
<br />
<br />
==Future Change Considerations==<br />
<br />
Future changes to the objective will/may include:<br />
<br />
* update syslog to include (or be replaced by) rsyslog and/or syslog-ng<br />
* add knowledge of GNU Screen (seems more usefull than nohup). Tmux is another option<br />
* include monitoring commands: who, w, last, lastb, lastlog<br />
* update 107.2 to include anacron<br />
* include another monitoring command : watch<br />
* LightDM as alternative to xdm (and others)<br />
* logrotate et al<br />
<br />
<br />
</div></div>
Tolstoy
https://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-1(Persian)&diff=2816
LPIC-1(Persian)
2014-02-11T09:02:54Z
<p>Tolstoy: Start to translate in persian</p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
<div dir="rtl" class="mw-content-rtl"><br />
<br />
==معرفی==<br />
<br />
This is a required exam for LPIC-1 or LPI certification Level 1. It covers basic skills for the Linux professional that are common across all distributions of Linux.<br />
<br />
This page covers the currently released objective for the LPIC-1 certification. <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Version Information==<br />
<br />
These objectives are version 3.5.0.<br />
<br />
This is also a [[LPIC1AndLPIC2SummaryVersion2To3|summary and detailed information]] on the changes from version 2.x to 3.0 of the objectives.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Exams==<br />
<br />
In order to be certified [[LPIC-1]], the candidate must pass both the [[LPIC-1_101_v3_5|101]] and [[LPIC-1_102_v3_5|102]] exams.<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-1_101_v3_5|101]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1_102_v3_5|102]]<br />
<br />
==Addenda==<br />
<br />
===''Clarification Addendum (Oct 1st, 2012)''===<br />
<br />
* repost of previous clarification.<br />
* added TZ env variable to 107.3 partial file list.<br />
* added .bash_history to 103.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''Version Upgrade Addendum (Jul 2st, 2012)''===<br />
<br />
* updated to version 3.5.0.<br />
* added explicit coverage at the basic configuration level of GRUB 2 to 102.2 key terms list.<br />
* added explicit coverage of the ext4 filesystem to 104.1 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of systemd and Upstart in 101.3 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of IPv6 in 109.1 key terms list.<br />
* included basic feature knowledge of LVM in 102.1 key terms list.<br />
* removed coverage of LILO from 102.2.<br />
<br />
===''Clarification Addendum (Oct 1st, 2011)''===<br />
<br />
* added explicit mention of GPG key revocation to 110.3 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''Clarification Addendum (Apr 1st, 2009)''===<br />
<br />
* dropped X Font Server coverage to awareness level from 106.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
===''Clarification Addendum (Jan 1st, 2009)''===<br />
<br />
* added TZ env variable to 107.3 partial file list.<br />
* added .bash_history to 103.1 key terms list.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Translations of Objectives==<br />
<br />
The following translations of the objectives are available on this wiki:<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(Catalan)|Catalan]] (currently 101 only).<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives|English]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(FR)|French]].<br />
* [http://www.lpice.eu/de/lpi-zertifizierungsinhalte.html German].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(Greek)|Greek]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(PT-PT)|Portuguese(Portugal)]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(RU)|Russian]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(ES)|Spanish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(SW)|Swahili]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(SV)|Swedish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(TR)|Turkish]].<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 101==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 101: System Architecture''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.1 Determine and configure hardware settings</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to determine and configure fundamental system hardware.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Enable and disable integrated peripherals.<br />
* Configure systems with or without external peripherals such as keyboards.<br />
* Differentiate between the various types of mass storage devices.<br />
* Set the correct hardware ID for different devices, especially the boot device.<br />
* Know the differences between coldplug and hotplug devices.<br />
* Determine hardware resources for devices.<br />
* Tools and utilities to list various hardware information (e.g. lsusb, lspci, etc.).<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate USB devices.<br />
* Conceptual understanding of sysfs, udev, hald, dbus.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /sys<br />
* /proc<br />
* /dev<br />
* modprobe<br />
* lsmod<br />
* lspci<br />
* lsusb <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.2 Boot the system</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to guide the system through the booting process.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Provide common commands to the boot loader and options to the kernel at boot time.<br />
* Demonstrate knowledge of the boot sequence from BIOS to boot completion.<br />
* Check boot events in the log files. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /var/log/messages<br />
* dmesg<br />
* BIOS<br />
* bootloader<br />
* kernel<br />
* init <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.3 Change runlevels and shutdown or reboot system </span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage the runlevel of the system. This objective includes changing to single user mode, shutdown or rebooting the system. Candidates should be able to alert users before switching run level and properly terminate processes. This objective also includes setting the default run level. It also includes basic feature knowledge of potential replacements to init.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set the default run level.<br />
* Change between run levels including single user mode.<br />
* Shutdown and reboot from the command line.<br />
* Alert users before switching run levels or other major system event.<br />
* Properly terminate processes. <br />
* Knowledge of basic features of systemd and Upstart.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* shutdown<br />
* init<br />
* /etc/init.d<br />
* telinit <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 102: Linux Installation and Package Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.1 Design hard disk layout</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to design a disk partitioning scheme for a Linux system.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Allocate filesystems and swap space to separate partitions or disks.<br />
* Tailor the design to the intended use of the system.<br />
* Ensure the /boot partition conforms to the hardware architecture requirements for booting. <br />
* Knowledge of basic features of LVM.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* / (root) filesystem.<br />
* /var filesystem.<br />
* /home filesystem.<br />
* swap space.<br />
* mount points.<br />
* partitions.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.2 Install a boot manager</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to select, install and configure a boot manager.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Providing alternative boot locations and backup boot options.<br />
* Install and configure a boot loader such as GRUB Legacy.<br />
* Perform basic configuration changes for GRUB 2.<br />
* Interact with the boot loader. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /boot/grub/menu.lst, grub.cfg and other variations.<br />
* grub-install.<br />
* MBR.<br />
* superblock.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.3 Manage shared libraries</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to determine the shared libraries that executable programs depend on and install them when necessary.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Identify shared libraries.<br />
* Identify the typical locations of system libraries.<br />
* Load shared libraries. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ldd<br />
* ldconfig<br />
* /etc/ld.so.conf<br />
* LD_LIBRARY_PATH <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.4 Use Debian package management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform package management using the Debian package tools.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Install, upgrade and uninstall Debian binary packages.<br />
* Find packages containing specific files or libraries which may or may not be installed.<br />
* Obtain package information like version, content, dependencies, package integrity and installation status (whether or not the package is installed).<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/apt/sources.list<br />
* dpkg<br />
* dpkg-reconfigure<br />
* apt-get<br />
* apt-cache<br />
* aptitude <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.5 Use RPM and YUM package management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform package management using RPM and YUM tools.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Install, re-install, upgrade and remove packages using RPM and YUM.<br />
<br />
* Obtain information on RPM packages such as version, status, dependencies, integrity and signatures.<br />
* Determine what files a package provides, as well as find which package a specific file comes from. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* rpm<br />
* rpm2cpio<br />
* /etc/yum.conf<br />
* /etc/yum.repos.d/<br />
* yum<br />
* yumdownloader <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 103: GNU and Unix Commands''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.1 Work on the command line</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to interact with shells and commands using the command line. The objective assumes the bash shell.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use single shell commands and one line command sequences to perform basic tasks on the command line.<br />
* Use and modify the shell environment including defining, referencing and exporting environment variables.<br />
* Use and edit command history.<br />
* Invoke commands inside and outside the defined path. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* .<br />
* bash<br />
* echo<br />
* env<br />
* exec<br />
* export<br />
* pwd<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* man<br />
* uname<br />
* history <br />
* .bash_history<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.2 Process text streams using filters</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should should be able to apply filters to text streams. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Send text files and output streams through text utility filters to modify the output using standard UNIX commands found in the GNU textutils package. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* cat<br />
* cut<br />
* expand<br />
* fmt<br />
* head<br />
* od<br />
* join<br />
* nl<br />
* paste<br />
* pr<br />
* sed<br />
* sort<br />
* split<br />
* tail<br />
* tr<br />
* unexpand<br />
* uniq<br />
* wc <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.3 Perform basic file management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to use the basic Linux commands to manage files and directories.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Copy, move and remove files and directories individually.<br />
* Copy multiple files and directories recursively.<br />
* Remove files and directories recursively.<br />
* Use simple and advanced wildcard specifications in commands.<br />
* Using find to locate and act on files based on type, size, or time.<br />
* Usage of tar, cpio and dd. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* cp<br />
* find<br />
* mkdir<br />
* mv<br />
* ls<br />
* rm<br />
* rmdir<br />
* touch<br />
* tar<br />
* cpio<br />
* dd<br />
* file<br />
* gzip<br />
* gunzip<br />
* bzip2<br />
* file globbing <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.4 Use streams, pipes and redirects</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to redirect streams and connect them in order to efficiently process textual data. Tasks include redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error, piping the output of one command to the input of another command, using the output of one command as arguments to another command and sending output to both stdout and a file.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error.<br />
* Pipe the output of one command to the input of another command.<br />
* Use the output of one command as arguments to another command.<br />
* Send output to both stdout and a file. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* tee<br />
* xargs <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.5 Create, monitor and kill processes</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform basic process management. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Run jobs in the foreground and background.<br />
* Signal a program to continue running after logout.<br />
* Monitor active processes.<br />
* Select and sort processes for display.<br />
* Send signals to processes. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* &<br />
* bg<br />
* fg<br />
* jobs<br />
* kill<br />
* nohup<br />
* ps<br />
* top<br />
* free<br />
* uptime<br />
* killall <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.6 Modify process execution priorities</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should should be able to manage process execution priorities. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Know the default priority of a job that is created.<br />
* Run a program with higher or lower priority than the default.<br />
* Change the priority of a running process. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* nice<br />
* ps<br />
* renice<br />
* top <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.7 Search text files using regular expressions</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manipulate files and text data using regular expressions. This objective includes creating simple regular expressions containing several notational elements. It also includes using regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Create simple regular expressions containing several notational elements.<br />
* Use regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* grep<br />
* egrep<br />
* fgrep<br />
* sed<br />
* regex(7) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.8 Perform basic file editing operations using vi</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to edit text files using vi. This objective includes vi navigation, basic vi modes, inserting, editing, deleting, copying and finding text.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Navigate a document using vi.<br />
* Use basic vi modes.<br />
* Insert, edit, delete, copy and find text.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* vi<br />
* /, ?<br />
* h,j,k,l<br />
* i, o, a<br />
* c, d, p, y, dd, yy<br />
* ZZ, :w!, :q!, :e! <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 104: Devices, Linux Filesystems, Filesystem Hierarchy Standard''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.1 Create partitions and filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure disk partitions and then create filesystems on media such as hard disks. This includes the handling of swap partitions.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use various mkfs commands to set up partitions and create various filesystems such as:<br />
** ext2/ext3/ext4<br />
** xfs<br />
** reiserfs v3<br />
** vfat <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* fdisk<br />
* mkfs<br />
* mkswap <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.2 Maintain the integrity of filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to maintain a standard filesystem, as well as the extra data associated with a journaling filesystem.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Verify the integrity of filesystems.<br />
* Monitor free space and inodes.<br />
* Repair simple filesystem problems. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* du<br />
* df<br />
* fsck<br />
* e2fsck<br />
* mke2fs<br />
* debugfs<br />
* dumpe2fs<br />
* tune2fs<br />
* xfs tools (such as xfs_metadump and xfs_info) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.3 Control mounting and unmounting of filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure the mounting of a filesystem.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually mount and unmount filesystems.<br />
* Configure filesystem mounting on bootup.<br />
* Configure user mountable removable filesystems. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* /media<br />
* mount<br />
* umount <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.4 Manage disk quotas</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage disk quotas for users. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set up a disk quota for a filesystem.<br />
* Edit, check and generate user quota reports. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* quota<br />
* edquota<br />
* repquota<br />
* quotaon <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.5 Manage file permissions and ownership</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to control file access through the proper use of permissions and ownerships. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage access permissions on regular and special files as well as directories.<br />
* Use access modes such as suid, sgid and the sticky bit to maintain security.<br />
* Know how to change the file creation mask.<br />
* Use the group field to grant file access to group members. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* chmod<br />
* umask<br />
* chown<br />
* chgrp <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.6 Create and change hard and symbolic links</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to create and manage hard and symbolic links to a file. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Create links.<br />
* Identify hard and/or soft links.<br />
* Copying versus linking files.<br />
* Use links to support system administration tasks.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ln<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.7 Find system files and place files in the correct location</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be thoroughly familiar with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS), including typical file locations and directory classifications.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Understand the correct locations of files under the FHS.<br />
* Find files and commands on a Linux system.<br />
* Know the location and purpose of important file and directories as defined in the FHS. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* locate<br />
* updatedb<br />
* whereis<br />
* which<br />
* type<br />
* /etc/updatedb.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 102==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 105: Shells, Scripting and Data Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.1 Customize and use the shell environment</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to customize shell environments to meet users' needs. Candidates should be able to modify global and user profiles.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set environment variables (e.g. PATH) at login or when spawning a new shell.<br />
* Write BASH functions for frequently used sequences of commands.<br />
* Maintain skeleton directories for new user accounts.<br />
* Set command search path with the proper directory. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/profile<br />
* env<br />
* export<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* ~/.bash_profile<br />
* ~/.bash_login<br />
* ~/.profile<br />
* ~/.bashrc<br />
* ~/.bash_logout<br />
* function<br />
* alias<br />
* lists <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.2 Customize or write simple scripts</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to customize existing scripts, or write simple new BASH scripts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use standard sh syntax (loops, tests).<br />
* Use command substitution.<br />
* Test return values for success or failure or other information provided by a command.<br />
* Perform conditional mailing to the superuser.<br />
* Correctly select the script interpreter through the shebang (#!) line.<br />
* Manage the location, ownership, execution and suid-rights of scripts. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* for<br />
* while<br />
* test<br />
* if<br />
* read<br />
* seq <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.3 SQL data management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to query databases and manipulate data using basic SQL commands. This objective includes performing queries involving joining of 2 tables and/or subselects.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use of basic SQL commands.<br />
* Perform basic data manipulation. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* insert<br />
* update<br />
* select<br />
* delete<br />
* from<br />
* where<br />
* group by<br />
* order by<br />
* join <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 106: User Interfaces and Desktops''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.1 Install and configure X11</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to install and configure X11. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Verify that the video card and monitor are supported by an X server.<br />
* Awareness of the X font server.<br />
* Basic understanding and knowledge of the X Window configuration file. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/X11/xorg.conf<br />
* xhost<br />
* DISPLAY<br />
* xwininfo<br />
* xdpyinfo<br />
* X <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.2 Setup a display manager</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to setup and customize a display manager. This objective covers the display managers XDM (X Display Manger), GDM (Gnome Display Manager) and KDM (KDE Display Manager).<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Turn the display manager on or off.<br />
* Change the display manager greeting.<br />
* Change default color depth for the display manager.<br />
* Configure display managers for use by X-stations. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* xdm configuration files<br />
* kdm configuration files<br />
* gdm configuration files <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.3 Accessibility</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Demonstrate knowledge and awareness of accessibility technologies. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Keyboard Accessibility Settings (AccessX).<br />
* Visual Settings and Themes.<br />
* Assistive Technology (ATs).<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* Sticky/Repeat Keys.<br />
* Slow/Bounce/Toggle Keys.<br />
* Mouse Keys.<br />
* High Contrast/Large Print Desktop Themes.<br />
* Screen Reader.<br />
* Braille Display.<br />
* Screen Magnifier.<br />
* On-Screen Keyboard.<br />
* Gestures (used at login, for example gdm).<br />
* Orca.<br />
* GOK.<br />
* emacspeak.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 107: Administrative Tasks''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.1 Manage user and group accounts and related system files</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to add, remove, suspend and change user accounts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Add, modify and remove users and groups.<br />
* Manage user/group info in password/group databases.<br />
* Create and manage special purpose and limited accounts. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/group<br />
* /etc/skel<br />
* chage<br />
* groupadd<br />
* groupdel<br />
* groupmod<br />
* passwd<br />
* useradd<br />
* userdel<br />
* usermod <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.2 Automate system administration tasks by scheduling jobs</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to use cron or anacron to run jobs at regular intervals and to use at to run jobs at a specific time. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage cron and at jobs.<br />
* Configure user access to cron and at services. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/cron.{d,daily,hourly,monthly,weekly}<br />
* /etc/at.deny<br />
* /etc/at.allow<br />
* /etc/crontab<br />
* /etc/cron.allow<br />
* /etc/cron.deny<br />
* /var/spool/cron/*<br />
* crontab<br />
* at<br />
* atq<br />
* atrm <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.3 Localisation and internationalisation</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to localize a system in a different language than English. As well, an understanding of why LANG=C is useful when scripting.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Locale settings.<br />
* Timezone settings.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* Environment variables:<br />
** LC_*<br />
** LC_ALL<br />
** LANG<br />
** TZ<br />
* /usr/bin/locale<br />
* tzselect<br />
* tzconfig<br />
* date<br />
* iconv<br />
* UTF-8<br />
* ISO-8859<br />
* ASCII<br />
* Unicode <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 108: Essential System Services''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.1 Maintain system time</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to properly maintain the system time and synchronize the clock via NTP.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set the system date and time.<br />
* Set the hardware clock to the correct time in UTC.<br />
* Configure the correct timezone.<br />
* Basic NTP configuration.<br />
* Knowledge of using the pool.ntp.org service.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /etc/ntp.conf<br />
* date<br />
* hwclock<br />
* ntpd<br />
* ntpdate<br />
* pool.ntp.org <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.2 System logging</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure the syslog daemon. This objective also includes configuring the logging daemon to send log output to a central log server or accept log output as a central log server.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* syslog configuration files.<br />
* syslog.<br />
* standard facilities, priorities and actions.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* syslog.conf<br />
* syslogd<br />
* klogd<br />
* logger <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.3 Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) basics</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be aware of the commonly available MTA programs and be able to perform basic forward and alias configuration on a client host. Other configuration files are not covered.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Create e-mail aliases.<br />
* Configure e-mail forwarding.<br />
* Knowledge of commonly available MTA programs (postfix, sendmail, qmail, exim) (no configuration) <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ~/.forward<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
* newaliases<br />
* mail<br />
* mailq<br />
* postfix<br />
* sendmail<br />
* exim<br />
* qmail <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.4 Manage printers and printing</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage print queues and user print jobs using CUPS and the LPD compatibility interface. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Basic CUPS configuration (for local and remote printers).<br />
* Manage user print queues.<br />
* Troubleshoot general printing problems.<br />
* Add and remove jobs from configured printer queues. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* CUPS configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* /etc/cups<br />
* lpd legacy interface (lpr, lprm, lpq) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 109: Networking Fundamentals''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.1 Fundamentals of internet protocols</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should demonstrate a proper understanding of TCP/IP network fundamentals. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Demonstrate an understanding network masks.<br />
* Knowledge of the differences between private and public "dotted quad" IP-Addresses.<br />
* Setting a default route.<br />
* Knowledge about common TCP and UDP ports (20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 53, 80, 110, 119, 139, 143, 161, 443, 465, 993, 995).<br />
* Knowledge about the differences and major features of UDP, TCP and ICMP.<br />
* Knowledge of the major differences between IPv4 and IPv6. <br />
* Knowledge of the basic features of IPv6.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/services<br />
* ftp<br />
* telnet<br />
* host<br />
* ping<br />
* dig<br />
* traceroute<br />
* tracepath <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.2 Basic network configuration</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to view, change and verify configuration settings on client hosts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces.<br />
* Basic TCP/IP host configuration.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hostname<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* ping <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.3 Basic network troubleshooting</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to troubleshoot networking issues on client hosts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces and routing tables to include adding, starting, stopping, restarting, deleting or reconfiguring network interfaces.<br />
* Change, view, or configure the routing table and correct an improperly set default route manually.<br />
* Debug problems associated with the network configuration. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* host<br />
* hostname<br />
* dig<br />
* netstat<br />
* ping<br />
* traceroute <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.4 Configure client side DNS</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure DNS on a client host. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Demonstrate the use of DNS on the local system.<br />
* Modify the order in which name resolution is done. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 110: Security''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.1 Perform security administration tasks</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should know how to review system configuration to ensure host security in accordance with local security policies. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Audit a system to find files with the suid/sgid bit set.<br />
* Set or change user passwords and password aging information.<br />
* Being able to use nmap and netstat to discover open ports on a system.<br />
* Set up limits on user logins, processes and memory usage.<br />
* Basic sudo configuration and usage. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* passwd<br />
* lsof<br />
* nmap<br />
* chage<br />
* netstat<br />
* sudo<br />
* /etc/sudoers<br />
* su<br />
* usermod<br />
* ulimit <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.2 Setup host security</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" |<br />
<br />
Candidates should know how to set up a basic level of host security. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Awareness of shadow passwords and how they work.<br />
* Turn off network services not in use.<br />
* Understand the role of TCP wrappers. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/nologin<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/xinetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/xinetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/inetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/init.d/*<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow<br />
* /etc/hosts.deny <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.3 Securing data with encryption</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
The candidate should be able to use public key techniques to secure data and communication.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Perform basic OpenSSH 2 client configuration and usage.<br />
* Understand the role of OpenSSH 2 server host keys.<br />
* Perform basic GnuPG configuration, usage and revocation.<br />
* Understand SSH port tunnels (including X11 tunnels).<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ssh<br />
* ssh-keygen<br />
* ssh-agent<br />
* ssh-add<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_rsa and id_rsa.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_dsa and id_dsa.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key and ssh_host_rsa_key.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key and ssh_host_dsa_key.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/authorized_keys<br />
* /etc/ssh_known_hosts<br />
* gpg<br />
* ~/.gnupg/*<br />
<br />
<br />
==Future Change Considerations==<br />
<br />
Future changes to the objective will/may include:<br />
<br />
* update syslog to include (or be replaced by) rsyslog and/or syslog-ng<br />
* add knowledge of GNU Screen (seems more usefull than nohup). Tmux is another option<br />
* include monitoring commands: who, w, last, lastb, lastlog<br />
* update 107.2 to include anacron<br />
* include another monitoring command : watch<br />
* LightDM as alternative to xdm (and others)<br />
* logrotate et al<br />
<br />
<br />
</div></div>
Tolstoy
https://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=Talk:LPIC-1&diff=1364
Talk:LPIC-1
2012-01-04T03:44:48Z
<p>Tolstoy: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
Test fo rtl page work correctly. :-)<br />
<div dir="rtl" class="mw-content-rtl"><br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.1 تعیین تنظیم مشخصات سخت افزار</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | داوطلب باید توانایی پیکربندی مقدماتی سخت افزار و مشخص کردن تنظیمات موجود را داشته باشد.<br />
|}<br />
</div></div>
Tolstoy
https://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=Talk:LPIC-1&diff=1363
Talk:LPIC-1
2012-01-04T03:43:43Z
<p>Tolstoy: Created page with '__FORCETOC__ this is test for rtl <div dir="rtl" class="mw-content-rtl"> ====<span style="color:navy">101.1 تعیین تنظیم مشخصات سخت افزار</sp…'</p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
this is test for rtl<br />
<div dir="rtl" class="mw-content-rtl"><br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.1 تعیین تنظیم مشخصات سخت افزار</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''توضیح'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | داوطلب باید توانایی پیکربندی مقدماتی سخت افزار و مشخص کردن تنظیمات موجود را داشته باشد.<br />
|}<br />
</div></div>
Tolstoy